<?xml version="1.0"?>
<feed xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom" xml:lang="en">
	<id>https://oer.teacher-network.in/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Venkatesh</id>
	<title>Open Educational Resources - User contributions [en]</title>
	<link rel="self" type="application/atom+xml" href="https://oer.teacher-network.in/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Venkatesh"/>
	<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php/Special:Contributions/Venkatesh"/>
	<updated>2026-06-11T03:55:33Z</updated>
	<subtitle>User contributions</subtitle>
	<generator>MediaWiki 1.35.7</generator>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=TE_year1sourcebook/Overview&amp;diff=6764</id>
		<title>TE year1sourcebook/Overview</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=TE_year1sourcebook/Overview&amp;diff=6764"/>
		<updated>2017-04-19T04:14:11Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Venkatesh: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Navigate|Prev=TE year1sourcebook|Curr=Overview |Next=Introduction to the Unit}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Unit 1: ICT for connecting and learning ===&lt;br /&gt;
#Overview &lt;br /&gt;
#Introduction to the Unit &lt;br /&gt;
#Objectives of the unit &lt;br /&gt;
#Topics of Study in the Unit&lt;br /&gt;
##Understanding ICT – a brief history &lt;br /&gt;
##Basic familiarity with ICT devices and operating system&lt;br /&gt;
###Installing operating system on the computer&lt;br /&gt;
###Accessing and adding various FOSS applications, basic troubleshooting &lt;br /&gt;
##ICT can help connect and communicate&lt;br /&gt;
###Navigating the Internet,  web browser for accessing the internet&lt;br /&gt;
###Participation in online, email and mobile-based forums (forming teacher communities of practice for collaboration and peer learning)&lt;br /&gt;
##ICT for self learning&lt;br /&gt;
###Developing personal digital libraries (PDLs) and evaluation of digital resources&lt;br /&gt;
##Equitable access to ICTs&lt;br /&gt;
###Plagiarising&lt;br /&gt;
###Violating the &amp;#039;license&amp;#039; associated with the resource&lt;br /&gt;
###Free and Open Source Software and Open Educational Resources &lt;br /&gt;
##Ethical use of internet &lt;br /&gt;
##Internet Safety &lt;br /&gt;
#Summary of the Unit &lt;br /&gt;
#Self assessment &lt;br /&gt;
#Suggestions for more reading&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Approach ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;In keeping with the title of the paper, &amp;quot;ICT Mediation in teaching-learning&amp;#039;, an ability to work in the ICT environment, creating content, sharing and learning and focusing on educational and learning processes, are the key principles of the  design of the source book, rather than on just learning specific applications&amp;#039;&amp;#039;. The source book has been designed keeping in mind the various possibilities of creative expression possible through ICT applications and platforms available today and also seeks to build a mindset that will explore such applications pro-actively and independently on an ongoing basis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The syllabus emphasizes a thematic, project based approach to ICT learning, such an approach will also enable integration of ICT with multiple school subjects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The source book is supplemented with a user manual, providing the features and processes of using the software applications used in the source book. This will be provided as on-line copy for easy reference. Since ICT is a technology, developing ICT skills is an important part of this paper. Instead of dividing the unit into theory and practice, these are woven together in each section. Thus along with developing understanding of an ICT concept or idea, you will also learn how to use relevant applications for different academic processes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:TE year 1 source book]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Venkatesh</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=TE_year1sourcebook/Overview&amp;diff=6763</id>
		<title>TE year1sourcebook/Overview</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=TE_year1sourcebook/Overview&amp;diff=6763"/>
		<updated>2017-04-19T04:13:04Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Venkatesh: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Navigate|Prev=TE_year1sourcebook|Curr=Overview |Next=Introduction to the Unit}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Unit 1: ICT for connecting and learning ===&lt;br /&gt;
#Overview &lt;br /&gt;
#Introduction to the Unit &lt;br /&gt;
#Objectives of the unit &lt;br /&gt;
#Topics of Study in the Unit&lt;br /&gt;
##Understanding ICT – a brief history &lt;br /&gt;
##Basic familiarity with ICT devices and operating system&lt;br /&gt;
###Installing operating system on the computer&lt;br /&gt;
###Accessing and adding various FOSS applications, basic troubleshooting &lt;br /&gt;
##ICT can help connect and communicate&lt;br /&gt;
###Navigating the Internet,  web browser for accessing the internet&lt;br /&gt;
###Participation in online, email and mobile-based forums (forming teacher communities of practice for collaboration and peer learning)&lt;br /&gt;
##ICT for self learning&lt;br /&gt;
###Developing personal digital libraries (PDLs) and evaluation of digital resources&lt;br /&gt;
##Equitable access to ICTs&lt;br /&gt;
###Plagiarising&lt;br /&gt;
###Violating the &amp;#039;license&amp;#039; associated with the resource&lt;br /&gt;
###Free and Open Source Software and Open Educational Resources &lt;br /&gt;
##Ethical use of internet &lt;br /&gt;
##Internet Safety &lt;br /&gt;
#Summary of the Unit &lt;br /&gt;
#Self assessment &lt;br /&gt;
#Suggestions for more reading&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Approach ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;In keeping with the title of the paper, &amp;quot;ICT Mediation in teaching-learning&amp;#039;, an ability to work in the ICT environment, creating content, sharing and learning and focusing on educational and learning processes, are the key principles of the  design of the source book, rather than on just learning specific applications&amp;#039;&amp;#039;. The source book has been designed keeping in mind the various possibilities of creative expression possible through ICT applications and platforms available today and also seeks to build a mindset that will explore such applications pro-actively and independently on an ongoing basis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The syllabus emphasizes a thematic, project based approach to ICT learning, such an approach will also enable integration of ICT with multiple school subjects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The source book is supplemented with a user manual, providing the features and processes of using the software applications used in the source book. This will be provided as on-line copy for easy reference. Since ICT is a technology, developing ICT skills is an important part of this paper. Instead of dividing the unit into theory and practice, these are woven together in each section. Thus along with developing understanding of an ICT concept or idea, you will also learn how to use relevant applications for different academic processes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:TE year 1 source book]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Venkatesh</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=File:Hdmi.jpg&amp;diff=6712</id>
		<title>File:Hdmi.jpg</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=File:Hdmi.jpg&amp;diff=6712"/>
		<updated>2017-04-18T06:21:23Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Venkatesh: {{Information
|Description    ={{en|1=HDMI Port}}
|Source         =From webpage
|Author         =IT for Change
|Date           =
|Name           =
|Alt_names           =
|Teaches           =
|Based_on_url           =
|Requires           =
|Assessment...&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Summary ==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Information&lt;br /&gt;
|Description    ={{en|1=HDMI Port}}&lt;br /&gt;
|Source         =From webpage&lt;br /&gt;
|Author         =IT for Change&lt;br /&gt;
|Date           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Name           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Alt_names           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Teaches           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Based_on_url           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Requires           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Assessment           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Time_required           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Tags_Telugu           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Tags_English           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Translation_of           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Adaptationup           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Contributorup           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Permission     =&lt;br /&gt;
|other_versions =&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Licensing ==&lt;br /&gt;
{{cc-by-sa-4.0}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Venkatesh</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=File:Computer_Ports.jpg&amp;diff=6711</id>
		<title>File:Computer Ports.jpg</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=File:Computer_Ports.jpg&amp;diff=6711"/>
		<updated>2017-04-18T06:20:37Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Venkatesh: {{Information
|Description    ={{en|1=Computer ports}}
|Source         =from web page
|Author         =IT for Change
|Date           =
|Name           =
|Alt_names           =
|Teaches           =
|Based_on_url           =
|Requires           =
|Assess...&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Summary ==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Information&lt;br /&gt;
|Description    ={{en|1=Computer ports}}&lt;br /&gt;
|Source         =from web page&lt;br /&gt;
|Author         =IT for Change&lt;br /&gt;
|Date           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Name           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Alt_names           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Teaches           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Based_on_url           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Requires           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Assessment           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Time_required           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Tags_Telugu           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Tags_English           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Translation_of           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Adaptationup           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Contributorup           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Permission     =&lt;br /&gt;
|other_versions =&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Licensing ==&lt;br /&gt;
{{cc-by-sa-4.0}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Venkatesh</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=File:Partsofcomputerexploded.jpeg&amp;diff=6710</id>
		<title>File:Partsofcomputerexploded.jpeg</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=File:Partsofcomputerexploded.jpeg&amp;diff=6710"/>
		<updated>2017-04-18T06:19:46Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Venkatesh: {{Information
|Description    ={{en|1=Parts of computer}}
|Source         =from web page
|Author         =IT for Change
|Date           =
|Name           =
|Alt_names           =
|Teaches           =
|Based_on_url           =
|Requires           =
|Ass...&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Summary ==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Information&lt;br /&gt;
|Description    ={{en|1=Parts of computer}}&lt;br /&gt;
|Source         =from web page&lt;br /&gt;
|Author         =IT for Change&lt;br /&gt;
|Date           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Name           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Alt_names           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Teaches           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Based_on_url           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Requires           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Assessment           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Time_required           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Tags_Telugu           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Tags_English           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Translation_of           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Adaptationup           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Contributorup           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Permission     =&lt;br /&gt;
|other_versions =&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Licensing ==&lt;br /&gt;
{{cc-by-sa-4.0}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Venkatesh</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=File:Using_dictionary.png&amp;diff=6690</id>
		<title>File:Using dictionary.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=File:Using_dictionary.png&amp;diff=6690"/>
		<updated>2017-04-17T07:56:32Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Venkatesh: {{Information
|Description    ={{en|1=Using dictionary}}
|Source         =Screenshot
|Author         =IT for Change &amp;amp; Golden Dictinary developer
|Date           =
|Name           =
|Alt_names           =
|Teaches           =
|Based_on_url           =
|...&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Summary ==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Information&lt;br /&gt;
|Description    ={{en|1=Using dictionary}}&lt;br /&gt;
|Source         =Screenshot&lt;br /&gt;
|Author         =IT for Change &amp;amp; Golden Dictinary developer&lt;br /&gt;
|Date           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Name           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Alt_names           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Teaches           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Based_on_url           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Requires           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Assessment           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Time_required           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Tags_Telugu           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Tags_English           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Translation_of           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Adaptationup           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Contributorup           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Permission     =&lt;br /&gt;
|other_versions =&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Licensing ==&lt;br /&gt;
{{cc-by-sa-4.0}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Venkatesh</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=File:KwordQuiz_in_Local_Language.png&amp;diff=6689</id>
		<title>File:KwordQuiz in Local Language.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=File:KwordQuiz_in_Local_Language.png&amp;diff=6689"/>
		<updated>2017-04-17T04:20:50Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Venkatesh: {{Information
|Description    ={{en|1=KwordQuiz_in_Local_Language}}
|Source         =Screenshot
|Author         =IT for Change &amp;amp; KwordQuiz developer
|Date           =
|Name           =
|Alt_names           =
|Teaches           =
|Based_on_url...&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Summary ==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Information&lt;br /&gt;
|Description    ={{en|1=KwordQuiz_in_Local_Language}}&lt;br /&gt;
|Source         =Screenshot&lt;br /&gt;
|Author         =IT for Change &amp;amp; KwordQuiz developer&lt;br /&gt;
|Date           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Name           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Alt_names           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Teaches           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Based_on_url           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Requires           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Assessment           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Time_required           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Tags_Telugu           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Tags_English           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Translation_of           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Adaptationup           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Contributorup           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Permission     =&lt;br /&gt;
|other_versions =&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Licensing ==&lt;br /&gt;
{{cc-by-sa-4.0}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Venkatesh</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Learn_KWordquiz&amp;diff=7613</id>
		<title>Learn KWordquiz</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Learn_KWordquiz&amp;diff=7613"/>
		<updated>2017-04-17T03:53:40Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Venkatesh: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Template:Book-sidebar}}&lt;br /&gt;
=Introduction=&lt;br /&gt;
==ICT Competency==&lt;br /&gt;
K WordQuiz  is a tool for Subject ( Languages and Social Science) Specific Resource creation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Educational application and relevance==&lt;br /&gt;
KwordQuiz  is a powerful flashcard and vocabulary learning program . KWordQuiz 		is a computer program designed to teach new vocabulary&lt;br /&gt;
KWordQuiz is a general purpose flashcard program, typically used for vocabulary 		training&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Version==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Platform Version 4.13.3&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Configuration==&lt;br /&gt;
This tool has no specific configuration requirements. Language settings can be selected from the Help menu&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Overview of Features==&lt;br /&gt;
* Easy to use &lt;br /&gt;
* Five different practice modes &lt;br /&gt;
* Flashcards and Quiz types &lt;br /&gt;
* Several Vocabulary documents formats supported&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Other similar applications==&lt;br /&gt;
In KDE 4 KWordQuiz is replacement for KVocTrain from KDE 3. It also supports Windows, Mac OS X and iPad under the name WordQuiz. KDE includes a program with similar purpose named Parley.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Development and community help==&lt;br /&gt;
Developer(s) 	Peter – Hedlund,  &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Website 	http://edu.kde.org/kwordquiz/&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Repository 	quickgit.kde.org?p=kwordquiz.git&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
KWordQuiz &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Program copyright 2003-2008 Peter B. Hedlund (peter.hedlund kdemail.net) &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Documentation copyright 2003-2008 Peter B. Hedlund (peter.hedlund kdemail.net) &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This documentation is licensed under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This program is licensed under the terms of the GNU General Public License.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Working with the application=&lt;br /&gt;
==Functionalities==&lt;br /&gt;
(this will be a step up step description of a basic overview of how to use the different functionalities) &lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:KWordQuiz_1_Main_Window.png|550px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:KWordQuiz_2_Editor_option.png|550px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 1 - Open this tool by clicking on -Application-Education-KwordQuiz. We will see the page as this image. In this page there will be many options on left side. Those are :-  Editor,Flashcard, Multipal Choice,Question and answer . &lt;br /&gt;
In the column list we should use Column  1 for questions and Column 2 for answers. &lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 2 - EDITOR&lt;br /&gt;
Click on Editor to create your own vocabulary. &lt;br /&gt;
In column 1 we can add questions and in column 2 to we add Answers. &lt;br /&gt;
See this image for example. Here we try to create a vocabulary for states and capital cities. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:KWordQuiz_3_Add_Titles_For_Columns.png|550px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:KWordQuiz_4_Flashcard_option.png|550px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 3 - &lt;br /&gt;
Add Titles for Vocabulary&lt;br /&gt;
In the menu bar, click on Vocabulary and  column settings. &lt;br /&gt;
Then we can edit column 1 heading and column 2 heading.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then click OK to save the changes.  &lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 4 - Select Flashcard from the navigation panel to start a flashcard session on the entries of the active vocabulary document. The mode selected in the Mode menu will be used. If you change mode during a session, the session will be restarted.By selecting Settings → Configure KWordQuiz... you can configure the appearance of the flashcards. &lt;br /&gt;
Initially the front of the card is displayed. Use Quiz → Check to see the other side. &lt;br /&gt;
The score sections at the bottom of the screen shows the number of cards, the number of cards you have seen, the number of cards counted as correct, and the number counted as incorrect. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:KWordQuiz_5_Multiple_Choice_option.png|550px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:KWordQuiz_6_Question_and_Answers_option.png|550px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 5 - Multiple Choice&lt;br /&gt;
Select Multiple Choice from the navigation panel to start a multiple choice quiz on the entries in the active vocabulary document.&lt;br /&gt;
Your choices are shown on the top left. Select the one you think is correct. Use Quiz → Check to see if the answer is correct. If you have activated the automatic mode in Settings → Configure KWordQuiz... your selection is checked immediately.&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 6 - Question and Answers&lt;br /&gt;
To continue the quiz activities, we can use this question and answer option. &lt;br /&gt;
Click on Question and Answer option in the left side on the page. &lt;br /&gt;
Your question is shown on the top left. Type your answer in the edit field. Use Quiz → Check or Enter to see if the answer is correct. &lt;br /&gt;
The answer you gave is also displayed. If you answered incorrectly the correct answer is shown. &lt;br /&gt;
Select Quiz → Hint to get the next correct letter of the answer. In Settings → Configure KWordQuiz... you can select that questions where you use the hint function are always counted as incorrect. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:KwordQuiz in Local Language.png|550px]]&lt;br /&gt;
You can use KwordQuiz in your local language. Change your typing language from your desktop top panel &amp;quot;EN&amp;quot; and choose your language. You can directly type in your selected language&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==File formats for creation==&lt;br /&gt;
This tool does not create outputs, We can use this tool directly for language activities.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Saving the file==&lt;br /&gt;
SAVE&lt;br /&gt;
Once we completed our edition, click on FILE – SAVE. It will ask us to locate the folder and it will save on kvtml format.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Export and publishing files==&lt;br /&gt;
Not applicable&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Advanced features==&lt;br /&gt;
KWordQuiz is a general purpose flash card program. It can be used for vocabulary learning and many other subjects. &lt;br /&gt;
KWordQuiz is the KDE version of the Windows program WordQuiz. If you have just 		switched to KDE/Linux you can use all files created in WordQuiz with KWordQuiz. 		Additional information about KWordQuiz is available at the author&amp;#039;s own website.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Installation=&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Method of installation !! Steps&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| From Ubuntu software Centre || Steps - Application-Ubuntu Software Center- KwordQuiz  and the type KwordQuiz on search bar and then click in install. It will come under Application-Education.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| From Terminal || Steps - Use this command to install KwordQuiz from terminal &lt;br /&gt;
sudo apt-get install kwordquiz&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| From the web || Steps - click this link to install KwordQuiz from website- &lt;br /&gt;
https://www.howtoinstall.co/en/ubuntu/trusty/kwordquiz &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Web based registration || Steps&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=The application on mobiles and tablets=&lt;br /&gt;
This is not yet available.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Ideas for resource creation=&lt;br /&gt;
KWordQuiz is a computer program designed to teach new vocabulary&lt;br /&gt;
KWordQuiz is a general purpose flashcard program, typically used for vocabulary training.&lt;br /&gt;
KWordQuiz can open vocabulary data in various formats, including the kvtml format used 	by KDE programs such as Parley, the WQL format used by WordQuiz for Windows, the 	xml.gz format used by Pauker, and CSV text.&lt;br /&gt;
This package is part of the KDE education module.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=References=&lt;br /&gt;
https://docs.kde.org/trunk5/en/kdeedu/kwordquiz/index.html &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/KWordQuiz&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Explore an application]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Venkatesh</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Learn_Slideshare&amp;diff=7649</id>
		<title>Learn Slideshare</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Learn_Slideshare&amp;diff=7649"/>
		<updated>2017-04-13T06:41:55Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Venkatesh: /* Introduction */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;noprint&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;float:right; border:1px solid blue;width:300px;background-color:#F5F5F5;padding:2px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{| cellspacing=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Book.jpg|none|80px|Book image]]&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;padding-left:2px;&amp;quot; | Go back to &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;[[ICT student textbook]] &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt; [[ICT teacher handbook]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=Introduction=&lt;br /&gt;
“SlideShare is a web based application for sharing presentations. &lt;br /&gt;
====Basic information====&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|ICT Competency&lt;br /&gt;
|SlideShare  is a application for accessing and publishing resources.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Educational application and relevance&lt;br /&gt;
|You can store presentations resources and can share with others through link.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Version&lt;br /&gt;
|Version - Not Applicable&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Configuration&lt;br /&gt;
|No specific configuration requirements but Internet connection is needed  to use this application.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Other similar applications&lt;br /&gt;
|[https://products.office.com/en-in/powerpoint Microsoft power point], [https://www.google.com/slides/about/ Google slides]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|The application on mobiles and tablets&lt;br /&gt;
|Linked in Slideshare app available in android mobiles&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Development and community help&lt;br /&gt;
|[https://www.slideshare.net/ Official Website]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
====Overview of Features====&lt;br /&gt;
* Users can upload, view and share presentation files.&lt;br /&gt;
* Embed slideshows into websites  and blogs .&lt;br /&gt;
* Download orginal PPT files (If author permits) .&lt;br /&gt;
* Can search presentation  via category.&lt;br /&gt;
====Installation====&lt;br /&gt;
It is a web based application, there is no installation process.&lt;br /&gt;
===Working with the application===&lt;br /&gt;
==Functionalities==&lt;br /&gt;
You’ll need to have a presentation files to upload.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;150px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Access Slideshare and Login&amp;quot;&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
File:Slideshare_2_Address_bar.png|Open Slideshare&lt;br /&gt;
File:Slideshare_3_Slideshare_Sign_Up.png|Login to Slideshare&lt;br /&gt;
File:Slideshare_4_Slideshare_Fill_The_Form.png|Create account&lt;br /&gt;
File:Slideshare_6_Upload_the_file.png|Upload a file&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#Open web browser and type www.slideshare.net in the address bar &lt;br /&gt;
#Then click on sign up  on top right of the page&lt;br /&gt;
#Fill up the form and continue to create account. Enter your email id and new password for your Slideshare account. Your email id will be used as user id to login Slideshare account. &lt;br /&gt;
#Then  Click on &amp;quot;Upload&amp;quot; to upload your first presentation, then Click on “ Browse and select files” in order to upload the presentation, Choose the correct file from your computer, Fill some details while waiting for uploading like description, Category, privacy, tags. It will give you a notification that the file has been uploaded. Then click on &amp;quot;Publish&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Search, Share and Download Presentation files====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;150px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Search and Download Presentation files&amp;quot;&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
File:Slideshare_9_Search_Bar.png|Search files&lt;br /&gt;
File:Slideshare_10_Share_and_download.png|Share and Download&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#After login to the Slideshare account you can search for available presentation under different categories. go to search bar on top of the page and enter your searching keywords.  &lt;br /&gt;
#Once you upload your files, you can see three option under your file display &amp;quot;Share&amp;quot; &amp;quot;Like&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Download&amp;quot;. If you click on share, you can share your uploaded file link with others. When you search for required presentation, you can download those files by clicking on &amp;quot;Download&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Saving the files and formats====&lt;br /&gt;
Not Applicable &lt;br /&gt;
====Advanced features====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Ideas for resource creation==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=References=&lt;br /&gt;
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/SlideShare&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Explore an application]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Venkatesh</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Learn_Soundcloud&amp;diff=7641</id>
		<title>Learn Soundcloud</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Learn_Soundcloud&amp;diff=7641"/>
		<updated>2017-04-12T11:21:01Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Venkatesh: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;noprint&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;float:right; border:1px solid blue;width:300px;background-color:#F5F5F5;padding:2px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{| cellspacing=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;padding-left:2px;&amp;quot; | Go back to &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;[[ICT student textbook]] &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt; [[ICT teacher handbook]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
SoundCloud is a global online audio distribution platform.That enables its users to upload, record, promote, and share their originally-created sounds. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Basic information====&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|ICT Competency&lt;br /&gt;
|SoundCloud  is a application for accessing and publishing audio resources. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Educational application and relevance&lt;br /&gt;
|You can store students voice recording, classroom audios and can share with others through link.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Version&lt;br /&gt;
|Version - Not Applicable&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Configuration&lt;br /&gt;
|No specific configuration requirements but Internet connection is needed  to use this application.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Other similar applications&lt;br /&gt;
|[http://yourlisten.com/ Yourlisten]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|The application on mobiles and tablets&lt;br /&gt;
|Google Play Music, Spotify&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Development and community help&lt;br /&gt;
|[https://soundcloud.com/ Official Webpage]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
====Overview of Features====&lt;br /&gt;
# Can upload different file formats, It  support AIFF, WAVE, FLAC, OGG, MP2, MP3, AAC, AMR and WMA files. &lt;br /&gt;
# And It will allow you to download audio files.&lt;br /&gt;
# You can also record your voice live on soundcloud page. &lt;br /&gt;
====Installation====&lt;br /&gt;
It is a web based application, there is no installation process.&lt;br /&gt;
===Working with the application===&lt;br /&gt;
====Access Soundcloud and Login====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;200px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Access Soundcloud and Login&amp;quot;&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
File:Soundcloud_1_Open_Browser.png|Opeb browser&lt;br /&gt;
File:Soundcloud_2_Create_Account.png|Create account&lt;br /&gt;
File:Soundcloud_3_Login.png|Login&lt;br /&gt;
File:Soundcloud_4_Main_Window.png|Soundcloud main page&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
#Go to Application - Internet - web browser and type a word Soundcloud  in address bar and click on ‘SoundCloud – Hear the world&amp;#039;s sounds’&lt;br /&gt;
#Sign in or create account, sign in need user name and password (it is for ID password holders).&lt;br /&gt;
#You can log in through our facebook or google account also. &lt;br /&gt;
#Go to Home page and click on &amp;quot;Collection&amp;quot; and then click on Upload.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Upload Audio files====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;200px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Upload Audio files&amp;quot;&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
File:Soundcloud_5_Upload.png|Upload Audio files&lt;br /&gt;
File:Soundcloud_6_Record_Directly.png|Live record your voice&lt;br /&gt;
File:Uploaded audio files in souncloud.png|Uploaded files list&lt;br /&gt;
File:Playing audio in soundcloud.png|Play audio&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# You can upload sound and songs under our ID and share with the world Go to Home page and click on &amp;quot;Collection&amp;quot; and then click on Upload.&lt;br /&gt;
# You can also record your voice live on Soundcloud page. In your upload page, click on  &amp;quot;Start new recording&amp;quot; option and record your voice.&lt;br /&gt;
# Uploaded file list will appear like above picture.&lt;br /&gt;
# You can play and hear any files.&lt;br /&gt;
====Saving the files and formats====&lt;br /&gt;
Not Applicable&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Advanced features====&lt;br /&gt;
Soundcloud has good community user support and it allow you to download and search varieties of creative commons audio resources.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Ideas for resource creation===&lt;br /&gt;
We can upload own creation Audio resources to this application and can share the link with others. &lt;br /&gt;
=References=&lt;br /&gt;
[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/SoundCloud Wikipedia]&lt;br /&gt;
[https://soundcloud.com/stream Soundcloud Stream]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Explore an application]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Venkatesh</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Learn_Google_Photos&amp;diff=7645</id>
		<title>Learn Google Photos</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Learn_Google_Photos&amp;diff=7645"/>
		<updated>2017-04-12T05:25:27Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Venkatesh: /* Accessing Google Photos */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Template:Book-sidebar}}&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
====Basic information====&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|ICT Competency&lt;br /&gt;
|Google Photos is a publishing tool and its a photo sharing and storage service developed by Google.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Educational application and relevance&lt;br /&gt;
|By using Google photos, All our photos are backed up safely, organized and labelled automatically, so you can find them fast, and share them with others.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Version&lt;br /&gt;
|Not applicable&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Configuration&lt;br /&gt;
|No specific configuration requirements but Internet connection is needed  to use this application.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Other similar applications&lt;br /&gt;
|[https://www.flickr.com/ Flickr] [http://yorba.org/shotwell/help/ Shotwell Photo Manager]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|The application on mobiles and tablets&lt;br /&gt;
|All our Android version mobile phones will have Google Photo application by default, and no need to install it again. Need to switch on the synchronizing option to get all your mobile camera photos to upload to your Google Photos  automatically. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Development and community help&lt;br /&gt;
|[https://photos.google.com/ Google]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
====Overview of Features====&lt;br /&gt;
The service offers apps for the Android and iOS operating systems, and a website. Users back up their photos to the cloud service, which become accessible for all of their devices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The service analyse photos for similar faces and groups them together in the People category&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Images can be easily shared with social networks (Google+, Facebook, Twitter) and other services.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Working with the application===&lt;br /&gt;
====Accessing Google Photos====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;250px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Accessing Google Photos&amp;quot;&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
File:Google_Photos_1_App_Of_Google.png|Opening Google Photos&lt;br /&gt;
File:Google_photos_2_Upload_Photos.png|Uploading Photos&lt;br /&gt;
File:Google_photos_3_Add_Photos_to_Existing_Album.png|Create album&lt;br /&gt;
File:Album View in Google Photos.png|Google Photos album view &lt;br /&gt;
File:Share option in Google Photos.png|Share photo album&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#To open a Google Photo First login to your Gmail account then go to app option which is showing in the image. Click on Photos.&lt;br /&gt;
#To Upload your photos Click on  upload icon on middle right side of the screen.Select your photos or photo folder to upload. To Upload: Click on File Upload -&amp;gt; select file -&amp;gt;click open.&lt;br /&gt;
#Please wait till uploading process got complete. After that it will ask you to add your photos to existing album or you can create new album. &lt;br /&gt;
#Your albums will look like 4th image.&lt;br /&gt;
#Once your photos are uploaded in google photos, now you can share your photo album with others by clicking share icon, You can share through google photos by entering their email id, or you can copy the link and share by composing mail.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==File formats for creation==&lt;br /&gt;
Not applicable&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Saving the file==&lt;br /&gt;
Not applicable&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Export and publishing files==&lt;br /&gt;
Not applicable&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Advanced features==&lt;br /&gt;
Google updated Photos to include automatically generated albums. After an event or trip, Photos will group the best photos together and suggest creating an album with them, alongside maps to show geographic travel and location pins for exact places. Users can also add text captions to describe photos&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Ideas for resource creation=&lt;br /&gt;
We can store all photos as subject wise albums, and can easily share photos with peers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=References=&lt;br /&gt;
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Google_Photos&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Explore an application]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Venkatesh</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Learn_KLetters&amp;diff=7637</id>
		<title>Learn KLetters</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Learn_KLetters&amp;diff=7637"/>
		<updated>2017-04-10T11:32:13Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Venkatesh: /* Practising KLetters */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;noprint&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;float:right; border:1px solid blue;width:300px;background-color:#F5F5F5;padding:2px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{| cellspacing=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Book.jpg|none|80px|Book image]]&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;padding-left:2px;&amp;quot;| Go back to &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;[[ICT student textbook]] &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; [[ICT teacher handbook]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=Introduction=&lt;br /&gt;
KLettres aims to help to learn the alphabet and then to read some syllables in different languages.&lt;br /&gt;
It is meant to help learning the very first sounds of a new language, for children or for adults.&lt;br /&gt;
==Educational application and relevance==&lt;br /&gt;
Kletters helps a very young child or an adult learning a new language by associating sounds and &lt;br /&gt;
letters in this language&lt;br /&gt;
==Version==&lt;br /&gt;
Version 2.3 - Using KDE Development Platform 4.13.3 &lt;br /&gt;
==Configuration==&lt;br /&gt;
To work on this application, we can configure local language quizs and questions. &lt;br /&gt;
==Overview of Features==&lt;br /&gt;
Features&lt;br /&gt;
KLettres has four levels which can be changed via a Levels drop down box or the Level menu: &lt;br /&gt;
Level 1: the letter is displayed and the user hears it. &lt;br /&gt;
Level 2: the letter is not displayed, the user only hears it. &lt;br /&gt;
Level 3: the syllable is displayed and the user hears it. &lt;br /&gt;
Level 4: the syllable is not displayed, the user only hears it. &lt;br /&gt;
You can also choose the mode (kid or grown-up) via the colored buttons on the toolbar and KLettres will keep your settings and restore them the next time you play.&lt;br /&gt;
==Other similar applications==&lt;br /&gt;
Wordament&lt;br /&gt;
Wordament is a unique kind of word game—a word tournament—where you are competing with the whole internet to be the best word searcher in every game. Every player is competing on the same board, in real time, to get the highest score. Will you be the Wordament champion?&lt;br /&gt;
Word Drop&lt;br /&gt;
A word game like Boggle or Wordament but with a TWIST! The letters keep dropping! Play against a time limit, survive the flood or play classic mode. Local multiplayer, online leaderboards, languages English, German, French, Dutch and Russian supported&lt;br /&gt;
==Development and community help==&lt;br /&gt;
Lettres helps a very young child or an adult learning &lt;br /&gt;
a new language by associating sounds and &lt;br /&gt;
letters in this language. 25 languages are available.&lt;br /&gt;
(C) 2001-2011 Anne-Marie Mahfouf&lt;br /&gt;
http://edu.kde.org/klettres&lt;br /&gt;
=Working with the application=&lt;br /&gt;
==Functionalities==&lt;br /&gt;
====Practising KLetters====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;200px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Practising KLetters&amp;quot;&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
File:KLetters_1_Main_Window.png|KLetters Main Window&lt;br /&gt;
File:KLetters_2_Add_Language.png|Add Languages&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#KLetters will appear under Applications &amp;gt; Education &amp;gt; KLetters. &lt;br /&gt;
#Add New language, File &amp;gt; get new alphabets in new language. here one dialog box will appear Than go to search box and type your specific language.&lt;br /&gt;
Currently the local language functionality is working only with Level 1 its not working with Level 2,3&amp;amp; 4 for complex words (like joint words or ottakshara).This issue may get solved in future upgrades of KLetters.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Different Theme  in KLetters====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;200px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Change Theme&amp;quot;&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
File:Desert interface in KLetters.png|Desert theme&lt;br /&gt;
File:Kid interface in KLetters.png|Kid theme&lt;br /&gt;
File:Savanna Interface in Kletters.png|Savanna Theme&lt;br /&gt;
File:Acqua interface in KLetters.png|Acqua theme&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#Change Theme,look&amp;gt; Themes &amp;gt; select the theme like Kid, desert, savannah, Acqua.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Different Levels in KLetters====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;150px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Change Level&amp;quot;&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
File:KLetters level 1.png|Level 1&lt;br /&gt;
File:KLetters Level 2.png|Level 2&lt;br /&gt;
File:KLetters Level 3.png|Level 3&lt;br /&gt;
File:KLetter Level 4.png|Level 4&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Level and KLettres has four levels which can be changed via a Levels drop down box or the Level menu: &lt;br /&gt;
#Level 1: the letter is displayed and the user hears it. &lt;br /&gt;
#Level 2: the letter is not displayed, the user only hears it. &lt;br /&gt;
#Level 3: the syllable is displayed and the user hears it. &lt;br /&gt;
#Level 4: the syllable is not displayed, the user only hears it. &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==File formats for creation==&lt;br /&gt;
Not applicable &lt;br /&gt;
==Saving the file==&lt;br /&gt;
Not applicable &lt;br /&gt;
==Export and publishing files==&lt;br /&gt;
Not applicable &lt;br /&gt;
==Advanced features==&lt;br /&gt;
Currently 25 languages are available: Arabic, Czech, Brazilian Portuguese, Danish, Dutch, British English, English, English Phonix, French, German, Hebrew, Hungarian, Italian, Kannada, Hebrew, Hindi Romanized, Low Saxon, Luganda, Malayalam, Norwegian Bokmål, Punjabi, Spanish, Slovak, Ukrainian and Telugu, you can choose them using the Languages menu.&lt;br /&gt;
A toolbar with the special characters per language is provided if you don&amp;#039;t have the correct country keyboard or the keyboard layout to be able to display correctly the accented letters. &lt;br /&gt;
=Installation=&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Method of installation !! Steps&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| From Ubuntu software Centre || Search &amp;quot;KLetters&amp;quot; in searchbar and then click Insatll&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| From Terminal || sudo apt-get update&lt;br /&gt;
sudo apt-get install klettres&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| From the web || Steps&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Web based registration || Not Applicable&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
=The application on mobiles and tablets=&lt;br /&gt;
In android mobiles go to google play store and there we can get huge number of letter games similar to this app. &lt;br /&gt;
=Ideas for resource creation=&lt;br /&gt;
We can use this app for slow learners and beginners of language learning  &lt;br /&gt;
=References=&lt;br /&gt;
[https://edu.kde.org/klettres/ K Letters]&lt;br /&gt;
[http://sodilinux.itd.cnr.it/sdl6x3/documentazione/klettres/klettres.pdf Kletters Manual]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Explore an application]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Venkatesh</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=File:Convert_videos_in_VLC.png&amp;diff=6641</id>
		<title>File:Convert videos in VLC.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=File:Convert_videos_in_VLC.png&amp;diff=6641"/>
		<updated>2017-04-10T10:36:30Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Venkatesh: {{Information
|Description    ={{en|1=Convert videos in VLC}}
|Source         =Screenshot
|Author         =IT for Change and VLC developer
|Date           =
|Name           =
|Alt_names           =
|Teaches           =
|Based_on_url           =
|Requir...&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Summary ==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Information&lt;br /&gt;
|Description    ={{en|1=Convert videos in VLC}}&lt;br /&gt;
|Source         =Screenshot&lt;br /&gt;
|Author         =IT for Change and VLC developer&lt;br /&gt;
|Date           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Name           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Alt_names           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Teaches           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Based_on_url           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Requires           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Assessment           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Time_required           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Tags_Telugu           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Tags_English           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Translation_of           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Adaptationup           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Contributorup           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Permission     =&lt;br /&gt;
|other_versions =&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Licensing ==&lt;br /&gt;
{{cc-by-sa-4.0}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Venkatesh</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=File:Download_youtube_videos.png&amp;diff=6640</id>
		<title>File:Download youtube videos.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=File:Download_youtube_videos.png&amp;diff=6640"/>
		<updated>2017-04-10T10:35:18Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Venkatesh: {{Information
|Description    ={{en|1=Download youtube video in VLC}}
|Source         =Screenshot
|Author         =IT for Change and VLC Developer
|Date           =
|Name           =
|Alt_names           =
|Teaches           =
|Based_on_url           =...&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Summary ==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Information&lt;br /&gt;
|Description    ={{en|1=Download youtube video in VLC}}&lt;br /&gt;
|Source         =Screenshot&lt;br /&gt;
|Author         =IT for Change and VLC Developer&lt;br /&gt;
|Date           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Name           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Alt_names           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Teaches           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Based_on_url           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Requires           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Assessment           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Time_required           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Tags_Telugu           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Tags_English           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Translation_of           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Adaptationup           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Contributorup           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Permission     =&lt;br /&gt;
|other_versions =&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Licensing ==&lt;br /&gt;
{{cc-by-sa-4.0}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Venkatesh</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Learn_VLC_Player&amp;diff=7615</id>
		<title>Learn VLC Player</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Learn_VLC_Player&amp;diff=7615"/>
		<updated>2017-04-10T10:11:11Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Venkatesh: /* Functionalities */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Template:Book-sidebar}}&lt;br /&gt;
=Introduction=&lt;br /&gt;
==ICT Competency==&lt;br /&gt;
VLC is a media player It uses to play a video and audio files. This will teach you the steps to how to use VLC media player to play video and audio files.&lt;br /&gt;
Its supports to play all Audio and Video format files (ex: Mp4, Mpeg, Divx, flv, mp3, etc).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Educational application and relevance==&lt;br /&gt;
==Version==&lt;br /&gt;
VLC media player, Version 2.1.6. This can be opened from (Applications  → Sound and Videos → VLC media player).&lt;br /&gt;
==Configuration==&lt;br /&gt;
After installation, no need to do any configure.  Just open VLC media player (Applications  → Sound and Videos → VLC media player&lt;br /&gt;
==Overview of Features==&lt;br /&gt;
Simple, fast and powerful media player.&lt;br /&gt;
Plays everything: Files, Discs, Webcams, Devices and Streams.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Plays most codecs with no codec packs needed:&lt;br /&gt;
MPEG-2, DivX, H.264, MKV, WebM, WMV, MP3...&lt;br /&gt;
Runs on all platforms: Windows, Linux, Mac OS X, Unix..&lt;br /&gt;
==Other similar applications==&lt;br /&gt;
#Winamp&lt;br /&gt;
#SMPlayer&lt;br /&gt;
#Media Player Classic&lt;br /&gt;
#MX Player&lt;br /&gt;
#Windows Media Player&lt;br /&gt;
==Development and community help==&lt;br /&gt;
Developer(s)-VideoLAN&lt;br /&gt;
Initial release- 1 February 2001; 15 years ago[1]&lt;br /&gt;
Written in	C, C++ (with Qt), Objective-C&lt;br /&gt;
Operating system-Windows, macOS, Linux, BSD, Solaris, Android, iOS, Chrome OS, Windows Phone, QNX, Haiku, Syllable, Tizen, OS/2[6]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[https://www.videolan.org/vlc/ Official Website]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Working with the application=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Functionalities==&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:VLC_1_To_open_VLC.png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:VLC_2_VLC_Open_Like_this.png|450px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 1- To open a VLC media player.&lt;br /&gt;
GO TO Application --&amp;gt; Sound and Videos → Click on VLC Media Player.&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 2- VLC will open like this&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:VLC_3_To_open_files.png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:VLC_4_To_select_one_or_more_files_to_open.png|450px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 3-To open a Media file like audio and video files  GO TO Media menu --&amp;gt; Click on Open file&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 4-Then Select one or more files to open dialog box will open.&lt;br /&gt;
Select any Audio and Video file--&amp;gt; Click Open.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:VLC_5_Starts_playing.png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:VLC_6_to_Pause_and_play.png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 5-The file starts playing the Audio or Video file which you have selected.&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 6-To Pause and Play This Button will work in vlc which mouse arrow is present.&lt;br /&gt;
Select any Audio and Video file--&amp;gt; Click Open.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:Download youtube videos.png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:Convert in VLC.png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 7-&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Download YouTube Videos&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;-&lt;br /&gt;
VLC lets you play and download YouTube videos right from its desktop interface. Here&amp;#039;s how:&lt;br /&gt;
*Find a video on YouTube—like this one—and copy the URL from the address bar.&lt;br /&gt;
*In VLC, head to Media &amp;gt; Open Network Stream.&lt;br /&gt;
*Paste the YouTube link in the box and click Play.&lt;br /&gt;
*Under Tools, click Codec Information.&lt;br /&gt;
*In the box that says Location, right-click the block of text and click Select All. Copy this text to your clipboard.&lt;br /&gt;
*Go back to your browser and paste the link in the address bar. This will open the source file directly on YouTube&amp;#039;s servers.&lt;br /&gt;
*Right-click the video as it plays and select Save Video As.&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 8-&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Convert Video Files&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
Here&amp;#039;s how to convert between one file and another:&lt;br /&gt;
*Under Media, click &amp;quot;Convert/Save.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Add the file you want to convert in the File Selection section.&lt;br /&gt;
*Click &amp;quot;Convert/Save.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*In the Settings section, choose the type of file you want to convert the file into under Profile.&lt;br /&gt;
*Give the file a name and location under Destination.&lt;br /&gt;
*Click Start.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==File formats for creation==&lt;br /&gt;
Not applicable&lt;br /&gt;
==Saving the file==&lt;br /&gt;
Not Applicable&lt;br /&gt;
==Export and publishing files==&lt;br /&gt;
Not Applicable&lt;br /&gt;
==Advanced features==&lt;br /&gt;
Record Your Webcam&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Installation=&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Method of installation !! Steps&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| From Ubuntu software Centre || Go to  Ubuntu Software center -Type VLC Media Player and Click Install&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| From Terminal || “sudo apt-get install vlc vlc-plugin-pulse mozilla-plugin-vlc”&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| From the web || &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Web based registration || Not applicable&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
=The application on mobiles and tablets=&lt;br /&gt;
Go to Android Play store –&amp;gt; Search for VLC media player-&amp;gt; Click on Install &lt;br /&gt;
=Ideas for resource creation=&lt;br /&gt;
Not Applicable&lt;br /&gt;
=References=&lt;br /&gt;
[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/VLC_media_player Wikipedia]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Explore an application]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Venkatesh</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=File:Stellarium_in_Local_Language.png&amp;diff=6612</id>
		<title>File:Stellarium in Local Language.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=File:Stellarium_in_Local_Language.png&amp;diff=6612"/>
		<updated>2017-04-10T06:16:34Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Venkatesh: {{Information
|Description    ={{en|1=Stellarium in local language}}
|Source         =Screen shot
|Author         =IT for Change  &amp;amp; Stellarium developer
|Date           =10.04.2017
|Name           =
|Alt_names           =
|Teaches           =
|Based_on...&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Summary ==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Information&lt;br /&gt;
|Description    ={{en|1=Stellarium in local language}}&lt;br /&gt;
|Source         =Screen shot&lt;br /&gt;
|Author         =IT for Change  &amp;amp; Stellarium developer&lt;br /&gt;
|Date           =10.04.2017&lt;br /&gt;
|Name           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Alt_names           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Teaches           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Based_on_url           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Requires           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Assessment           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Time_required           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Tags_Telugu           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Tags_English           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Translation_of           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Adaptationup           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Contributorup           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Permission     =&lt;br /&gt;
|other_versions =&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Licensing ==&lt;br /&gt;
{{cc-by-sa-4.0}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Venkatesh</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Learn_Stellarium&amp;diff=7623</id>
		<title>Learn Stellarium</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Learn_Stellarium&amp;diff=7623"/>
		<updated>2017-04-10T05:32:57Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Venkatesh: /* Overview of Features */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;noprint&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;float:right; border:1px solid blue;width:300px;background-color:#F5F5F5;padding:2px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{| cellspacing=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Book.jpg|none|80px|Book image]]&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;padding-left:2px;&amp;quot;| Go back to &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;[[ICT student textbook]] &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; [[ICT teacher handbook]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=Introduction=&lt;br /&gt;
Stellarium is a free open source planetarium for your computer. It shows a realistic sky in 3D, just like what you see with the naked eye, binoculars or a telescope.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
It is being used in planetarium projectors. Just set your co-ordinates and go.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Educational application and relevance==&lt;br /&gt;
==Version==&lt;br /&gt;
Stellarium Version - 0.12.4&lt;br /&gt;
==Configuration==&lt;br /&gt;
No need to configure &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Application - Education - Stellarium&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Overview of Features==&lt;br /&gt;
Stellarium has default catalogue of over 600,000 stars, extra catalogues with more than 210 million stars, asterisms and illustrations of the constellations, constellations for 20+ different cultures, images of nebulae (full Messier catalogue), realistic Milky Way, very realistic atmosphere and  sunrise and sunset.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Other similar applications==&lt;br /&gt;
Kstar ,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Development and community help==&lt;br /&gt;
Project coordinator: Fabien Chéreau &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Graphic designer: Johan Meuris&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Developer: Bogdan Marinov, Alexander Wolf, Timothy Reaves, Guillaume Chéreau, Georg Zotti, Marcos Cardinot, Florian Schaukowitsch&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Continuous Integration: Hans Lambermont&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Tester: Khalid AlAjaji&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
and everyone else in the community.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.stellarium.org/ Official Website]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Working with the application=&lt;br /&gt;
==Functionalities==&lt;br /&gt;
#&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Please label images as Step 1&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
#&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Please add 500px&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:Stellarium_1.png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:Stellarium_2.png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|On opening a new installation of Stellarium, you will be presented with a 60° view of &lt;br /&gt;
the sky as currently seen from Paris. &lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|At the bottom of the screen you can see additional information describing the &lt;br /&gt;
location, date and time. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:Stellarium_3.png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:Stellarium_4.png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Cardinal indicators located on the horizon show the direction you are facing.&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|A left mouse click on any object on the screen will display additional information in &lt;br /&gt;
the top left hand corner of the screen.&lt;br /&gt;
Right mouse click to clear the selection&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:Stellarium_5.png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:Stellarium_6.png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Positioning your mouse at the lower left hand corner of the screen will reveal the main tool bars. They automatically disappear when the mouse is moved away. &lt;br /&gt;
Basic Moves &lt;br /&gt;
Moving around Stellarium can be accomplished using mouse and keyboard &lt;br /&gt;
commands.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Hold the left mouse button down while moving the mouse to change your orientation. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You can also use the cursor keys on your keyboard to change your orientation.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Press and hold the keyboard Page Up and Page Down keys to zoom in and out. Press the space bar &lt;br /&gt;
to centre a selected object. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Press the forward slash key “ / ” to quickly zoom in on a selected object. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Press the back slash key ” \ “ to return quickly to a 60° field of view.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Setting the Location and Time :&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Setting the correct location and time must be done before Stellarium can be used to &lt;br /&gt;
plan an evening’s observations. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Press F6 to open the Location Window. Alternatively, click on the Location Window &lt;br /&gt;
icon in the tool bar. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Type the name of the city in the search box, then select it t. Click on “use as default” &lt;br /&gt;
if you wish to retain the setting the next time Stellarium starts. Close when finished.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:Stellarium_7.png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:Stellarium_8.png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|The main display should reflect the new location details:&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Press F5 to bring up the Date and Time window. Set the time to 8:30 PM.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:Stellarium_9.png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:Stellarium_10.png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Time &lt;br /&gt;
Stellarium also allows us to manipulate time. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Press the “L” key 3 times to see the stars move across the sky. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Press the “K” key to return time to normal speed. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Press the “J” key repeatedly to make time move backwards. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Press the “8” key to reset the date and time to current. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Press the “7” key to freeze time. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If you get lost, remember: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The “8” key sets the date and time to current.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
The “K” key set the simulation to normal speed.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Refer to the status bar at the bottom of the screen at any time to check on the date, &lt;br /&gt;
time, and simulation speed.&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Controls for time can also be found on the lower tool bar:&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:Stellarium_11.png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:Stellarium_12.png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Markings&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; : &lt;br /&gt;
Various grids, lines and markings can be displayed on the celestial sphere. &lt;br /&gt;
Pressing “e” toggles an equatorial grid:&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Pressing “z” toggles the Altitude / Azimuth grid:&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:Stellarium_13.png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:Stellarium_14.png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Constellation lines and boundaries are toggled on and off using the “b” and “c” keys.&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Constellation art can be displayed by using the “r” key.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:Solar_eclips_time_set.png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:Solar_eclipse_(Sun_%26moon).png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Solar eclipse&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; :&lt;br /&gt;
I you know date , place and time you can check directly through stellarium .  &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
For example : &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Go-to Location window → type in search box Manado then select and close location window. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Go-to date and time window : 1995-10-24 – 09.05.00 &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Go-tp search Window : type in SUN &lt;br /&gt;
then zoom in - cntrl+Up or Zoom In(scroll mouse key)&lt;br /&gt;
Just click on play button on below panel . &lt;br /&gt;
If you need a increase the time speed click on forward button or L&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:Solar_eclipse_half_jointed.png |450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:Solar_full_eclipse.png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|observe to solar eclipse half sun covered . &lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Full solar eclipse : upto 12.15pm &lt;br /&gt;
Total duration of solar eclipse : 3 hours 10 min.  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 19)&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 20)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 21)&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 22)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 23)&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 24)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==File formats for creation==&lt;br /&gt;
Not applicable&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Saving the file==&lt;br /&gt;
Not applicable&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Export and publishing files==&lt;br /&gt;
Not applicable&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Advanced features==&lt;br /&gt;
http://www.stellarium.org/wiki/index.php/Advanced_Use&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Installation=&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Method of installation !! Steps&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| From Ubuntu software Centre || Steps&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| From Terminal || Steps&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| From the web || Steps&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Web based registration || Steps&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
=The application on mobiles and tablets=&lt;br /&gt;
Skymap&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Ideas for resource creation=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=References=&lt;br /&gt;
http://stellarium.org/ &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Stellarium_(software)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=How to use template=&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;{{subst:Explore_an_application}} on the page you create for your tool.  Page Name should be &amp;quot;Learn ToolName&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Explore an application]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Venkatesh</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Learn_Openshot_Video_Editor&amp;diff=7673</id>
		<title>Learn Openshot Video Editor</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Learn_Openshot_Video_Editor&amp;diff=7673"/>
		<updated>2017-04-06T09:20:17Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Venkatesh: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Template:Book-sidebar}}&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
====Basic information====&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|ICT Competency&lt;br /&gt;
|Openshot Video editor is generic resource creation tool &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Educational application and relevance&lt;br /&gt;
|Working with video, audio, text and image resources. This can be used in digital story telling vities&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Version&lt;br /&gt;
|version 1.4.3&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Other similar applications&lt;br /&gt;
|[https://kdenlive.org/ Kdenlive], [http://www.pitivi.org/ Pitivi] and advance [https://www.lwks.com/ Lightwork]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|The application on mobiles and tablets&lt;br /&gt;
|there is many similar application are available in android mobile phones.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Development and community help&lt;br /&gt;
|[http://www.openshot.org/ Official Website]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Overview of features====&lt;br /&gt;
Openshot is an video editor; here you can combine multiple multimedia and can create a video. OpenShot Video Editor is designed to create and edit videos. Here you can easily combine multiple video clips, audio clips, and images into a single project, and then export the video into many common video format. All video clip edits (trimming, cutting, etc...) in openshot are non-destructive, means that the original video clips are never modified. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You can use this tool to create a photo slide shows with adding background music.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Installation====&lt;br /&gt;
#The application is part of the Ubuntu custom distribution.&lt;br /&gt;
#In case you do not find it on your computer, you can install by choosing “openshot” in Ubuntu Software Centre&lt;br /&gt;
#If you would like to install through the terminal follow these steps below:&lt;br /&gt;
##Open terminal by clicking (Ctrl+Alt+T),&lt;br /&gt;
##Once Window page is open, in front of dollar($) symbol just type below command.&lt;br /&gt;
##&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;sudo apt-get install openshot&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
## Then, just type your ubuntu password(it will not display on your screen), press Enter.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Working with application ===&lt;br /&gt;
====Getting familiar with the application====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Openshot Main Window.png|550px|left|thumb|The Openshot application main window]]&lt;br /&gt;
1. Tool Bar : will use this for importing, saving and for exporting files. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2. Project file window : This is where you import the various video clips and other files you wish to use in the video. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
3. Sorting tab : Use to sort project files by type. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
4. Preview : View individual clips or the output from the Timeline. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
5. Edit toolbar : will use this for triming, copy, move and resizing the files in track. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
6. Zoom slider : will use this to zoom our working tracker or time line. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
7. Tracks :here you place and edit clips into the finished product. You can create multiple tracks. Its good to use separate tracks for photos, audios, videos clips and titles&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{clear}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Import Files – Audio, Video, and Images====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;250px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Import files into your project&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Openshot importing files.png|Importing files into Openshot&lt;br /&gt;
File:Openshot - after imported files .png|After imported&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Before we can begin making a video, we need to import files into OpenShot. To Import pictures, video &amp;amp; Music, click on &amp;quot;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;+&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;quot; symbol from the toolbar and browse all the files required for your edit work and click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;OK&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;. Don&amp;#039;t move any files from this project.&lt;br /&gt;
{{clear}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Arranging files in tracks====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Openshot 2 Arrange photos on timeline.jpg|400px|left|thumb|Arranging files in tracks]]&lt;br /&gt;
After you have imported some files, the next step is to adding files into the timeline and arranging it. Click on each photo (one at a time), and drag them onto Track 2(or right click and add to timeline) on the timeline. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If you are adding different multi media in track, use different tracks for different media(always back ground sound should be in track no 1).&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Click on &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;play&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; from the preview window to see the changes you have done.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{clear}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Cutting, moving and deleting clips====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;250px&amp;quot;&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
File:Openshot - Cutting video clip by using cut tool.png| Cutting clips(video or audio) in some point&lt;br /&gt;
File:Openshot - moving video clips part by dragging .png| Moving clips&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1. To cut a clip into two parts, select &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Razor&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; from edit toolbar. The mouse cursor will change to a dotted line &amp;amp; razor icon.Click on a clip at the point you want to cut / slice it.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
And also if you want to remove one part of this clip, just right click on the clip and &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;remove clip&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2. After you cut a clip, now it will be two part. Click on &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;cursor icon(Select Mode)&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;, click on a clip which you want to move. Then,drag the clip to a new position on the timeline, and drop it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Adding sub titles====&lt;br /&gt;
OpenShot has built-in title creator/editor.  It has some basic functionality to help you create small titles for your video project. you can directly import .svg text files, if you have already created by external tools. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
To add a new subtitle, click the Title &amp;gt; New Title from the menu option.  This will launch the  Title Editor. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;350px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Adding subtitle in to track&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Openshot - Creating subtittle to the track .png| Selecting subtitle style&lt;br /&gt;
File:Openshot - Creating Sub-title 2.png| editing subtitle &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1. Once the title editor launches, you need to select any template, and click on the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Create New Title&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; button. ENter the name for your title file and click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;OK&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;. Now you need to type or copy paste your subtitle content in the title window and click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Apply&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;. If you want change the color, font , font size etc.. use the side tool bar. after you done all the changes, click on &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Apply&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. This sub title text will be added to your project file. Drag drop this title file(.svg) into the track where you preferred place.&lt;br /&gt;
Always use separate track for all your subtitles and you should use the top track.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Adding fade in fade out effect====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Openshot add fade in and fade out.png|450px|left|thumb|Adding fade in and fade out to clip]]&lt;br /&gt;
By adding fade-in and fade-out for the clips, it will smoothly changing the slides from one to next.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You right click your mouse, on the slide which you want to add fade effect and select Fade -&amp;gt; Fade in or Fade Out as per the requirement. This fade in / fade out will effect for both audio and video. &lt;br /&gt;
{{clear}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Adding transition into clips====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Openshot-adding transaction.png|450px|left|thumb|Adding transition to the track]]&lt;br /&gt;
Transitions are used to gradually move between 2 different clips.  Many different transitions are available in OpenShot.  They are easy to drag and drop onto the timeline, and can add lots of fun to a video project. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
To add a transition, click on Transition Tab, and select any transition by clicking on it.  Drag and drop the transition onto the timeline.  It will place between 2 tracks. Always transition should be place in buttom side for the track. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
To resize a transition, select to Resize tool on the edit Toolbar, and drag the left or right edge to a new size. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{clear}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Save project files====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
OpenShot needs a project file to save the information that makes up a video project.  Information such as the name and location of your project, video and audio files, timeline information, which clips have been trimmed, arranged, etc. This project file you can use it later if you need to do any change in your file. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Openshot - Save projects.png|450px|left|thumb|Save your work as project]]&lt;br /&gt;
Click on &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;FIle-&amp;gt; Save Project&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1. Project Name : The name of your project file (.osp file extension) &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2. Project Folder :The folder location to save your project file &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
3. Project Type : By default it will be DVD/CD, you may change this to as you required(this will not effect on your final video). &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Project files have an .OSP file extension (ExampleProject.osp).  Also, project files need a /thumbnail/ folder, which contains all of the thumbnails in your project.  If you move a project file, be sure to move the /thumbnail/ folder also. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{clear}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Export as Video ====&lt;br /&gt;
Once done with your all editing work, next is to export your video.  This will convert your OpenShot project into a single video file, which should work on any platform. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Click on the Export video icon at the top menu tool bar (or use the File &amp;gt; Export Video... menu).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;400px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Exporting as video&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Openshot - Exporting video.png&lt;br /&gt;
File:Openshot - exporting video.png&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1. Open shot editor is supporting many video formats to export video, in that &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.ogg&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; is the open format. As show in the above image, you need to give all the details for video.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
a. File name : Name for your exported vide &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
b. Export folder :&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
c. Profile : All formats&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
d. Target : file formate (Select .ogg) this will support with all the devices.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
e. Video profile : Select the profile ( will prefer HD 720 24fs)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
f. Quality : Define your video quality. If you select High - Video size will be increase.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Now click on &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;export&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;. his will start exporting.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Do not click on cancel or do not try to play the video, while the exporting process is going on. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Advanced features ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Create moving scrolling titles.&lt;br /&gt;
# working with different layouts.&lt;br /&gt;
# Change video brightness, contrast &lt;br /&gt;
# Create animated title.&lt;br /&gt;
# Working with video effect.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Ideas for resource creation ===&lt;br /&gt;
You can use this application to create image slide video, creating video with subtitling and create video by adding multiple media files like Image, video, audio and text slides.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== References ===&lt;br /&gt;
# [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/OpenShot Wikipedia page]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Explore an application]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Venkatesh</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Teachers%27_toolkit_for_creating_and_re-purposing_OER_using_FOSS/Image_and_animation_OER&amp;diff=6453</id>
		<title>Teachers&#039; toolkit for creating and re-purposing OER using FOSS/Image and animation OER</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Teachers%27_toolkit_for_creating_and_re-purposing_OER_using_FOSS/Image_and_animation_OER&amp;diff=6453"/>
		<updated>2017-03-28T09:21:43Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Venkatesh: /* Creating a simple animation (Tux Paint) */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Navigate|Prev=Text OER|Curr=Image and animation OER|Next=Audio and Video OER}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One of the most important advantages of OER is the possibility of creating resources in multiple formats - images being one of them.  Images can be used standalone, or in a sequence as an animation, or in combination with text to create picture stories for communication.  With increasing use of ICT, creating, editing and remixing image resources is becoming more and more prevalent.  Availability of free and open source tools for creation and re-purposing of image resources can help the greater creation, re-purposing and publishing  of image and animation OERs.  This chapter will focus on accessing image repositories, tools for creating image and animation OER, editing image OER, remixing image OER with other formats and publishing.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By the end of this chapter, you will be able to &lt;br /&gt;
# access image OER from popular repositories &lt;br /&gt;
# create image OER using your camera (&amp;#039;&amp;#039;on your feature mobile phone&amp;#039;&amp;#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
# create image OER using a drawing tool (using &amp;#039;&amp;#039;Tux Paint&amp;#039;&amp;#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
# create a simple animation OER (using &amp;#039;&amp;#039;Tux Paint&amp;#039;&amp;#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
# create image OER using a screen capture tool (using &amp;#039;&amp;#039;Screenshot&amp;#039;&amp;#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
# edit image OER using an image editor (using &amp;#039;&amp;#039;GIMP&amp;#039;&amp;#039;).&lt;br /&gt;
# embed / insert images in a text document to create a picture story (using &amp;#039;&amp;#039;LibreOffice Writer)&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
# present image resources in a ‘slide presentation’ format (using &amp;#039;&amp;#039;LibreOffice Impress&amp;#039;&amp;#039;).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Accessing image OER repositories ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Searching popular image OER repositories ====&lt;br /&gt;
Like [https://en.wikipedia.org Wikipedia] is a text OER repository, [[commons:Main_Page|Wikimedia commons]] is a repository of media (images, audio and video), managed by the same [[wikipedia:Wikimedia_Foundation|WikiMedia Foundation]].  You can search images related to your topic in Wikimedia Commons, by simply typing the topic name in the search bar(image 1). We will do this for ‘Digital Story Telling’ (DST) which is the OER being created as an exemplar in this toolkit. [https://www.flickr.com/creativecommons/ Flickr] is also another popular source of OER images[[File:COL_-_Wikimedia_Commons_Search_Image_-_DST_.png|thumb|450x450px|Image 1 - Search and display DST on Wikimedia Commons|none]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Search the web for image OER ====&lt;br /&gt;
You can use a search engine such as [https://google.com Google search engine] or [https://duckduckgo.com/ DuckDuckGo] search engine, using a FOSS web browser such as [https://www.mozilla.org/ Mozilla Firefox] to search for image OER. You can search for images relating  DST to simply typing in Digital Story Telling in the search bar of the search engine (image 2) and selecting the ‘Images’ link (image 3) .  As in the case of text, you can select images that are licensed for re-use by specifying this in the search settings.&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:ImageOER1.png|left|thumb|Image 2 - Advanced image search on Google|400x400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Imageoer2.png|thumb|400x400px|Image 3 - Filtering image search by usage rights]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Creating image resources  ===&lt;br /&gt;
==== Using your camera ====&lt;br /&gt;
A simple and easy way to create an image OER is to take a photo of the object you want an image of, using your camera or a mobile phone. Of course this will apply only where the topic is such that you have objects you can take a photo of. Sometimes an image can also be a digitization of hand-drawn images or paintings. Digitized representations of student drawings or paintings can be a useful collection of image OER. These photographs can be edited for further re-purposing as OER. Usually images are stored in .jpeg or .png formats. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note – Taking a photo of a copyrighted material (such as another photo), is a violation of the copyright law, with exception given for ‘fair use’. For more information on what you can photograph and cannot, read the [http://wipo.int/wipo_magazine/en/2006/02/article_0010.html WIPO advisory]. Wherever possible, you could take permission of the copyright holder to use an photo of the material.&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Activity time&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - Imaging what kind of			photographs may enrich the OER you are creating. Identify a few of			them and use your camera / mobile phone to take photographs. You can copy these from the camera / mobile phone to your computer in your image OER folder.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Using a drawing software - [http://tuxpaint.org/ Tux Paint] ====&lt;br /&gt;
You can also use a drawing software application to draw an image.  Open Tux Paint on your computer, through &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Applications → Education →&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; [[File:Tux paint logo.png|frameless|25x25px]]&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Tux Paint&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Tux_Paint_-_creating_a_picture.png|thumb|350x350px|Image 4 - Creating a drawing using brush in Tux Paint|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The screen contains two tool bars on either side of the drawing canvas. The left side tool bar contains drawing and editing controls. The right side tool bar provides the various options for the specific tool that you select on the left side tool bar (image 4). For e.g., when the &amp;quot;Paint brush&amp;quot; tool is selected on the left tool bar, it shows the various brushes available on the right tool bar. When the &amp;quot;Rubber Stamp&amp;quot; tool is selected on the left tool bar, it shows the different stamps you can use, on the right tool bar. At the bottom, you can see a palette of colours. Below this, at the bottom of the screen, Tux, the Linux Penguin, provides tips and other information while you draw.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can use the ‘brush’ tool, select the brush and the colour you want and paint on the drawing canvas. You can use the stamps for drawing / inserting predefined shapes into the canvas.   The left tool bar also has an eraser in case you want to erase any part of your drawing. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{clear}}&lt;br /&gt;
Tux Paint is a very simple and easy to use application. You should familiarize yourself with the tool options by simply using them, in your drawing work.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The files created by you, are stored in the home/.tuxpaint/saved folder, in the &amp;#039;png&amp;#039; format. To open the .tuxpaint folder, you may need to select the &amp;#039;view hidden&amp;#039; files in the /home folder on Ubuntu. The file name will begin with &amp;#039;year+month+date&amp;#039; in YYYYDDMM format, followed by a serial number.&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Activity time&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - You should also create a			drawing on an issue connected to your topic. Another possibility is			you could use any image you found as a reference, and draw it			using Tux Paint.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Creating image resources using a screen capture tool  [[File:Screeshoto logo.png|frameless|25x25px]][https://help.ubuntu.com/stable/ubuntu-help/screen-shot-record.html Screenshot] ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:COL_-_Creating_an_image_using_Screenshot_-_select_area.png|thumb|450x450px|Image 5 - Creating an image using Screenshot (select area to grab)]]One of the simplest and yet very powerful ways of creating an image is to simply take a picture of your computer screen. You may have opened a web page on which there is an image or some text you want to store as an image, or it may be from a file on your computer, or it may be a snapshot of a video you are playing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can use the tool Screenshot for this. Open Screenshot on your computer, through &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Applications → Accessories →&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;  [[File:Screeshoto logo.png|frameless|25x25px]] &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[https://help.ubuntu.com/stable/ubuntu-help/screen-shot-record.html Screenshot]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You have an option of capturing the entire display on your screen or selecting a smaller area. For the latter option, chose ‘select area to grab’ (image 5). Then use your mouse to drag drop the (rectangular) area you want to capture. (Move your cursor to the left top of the area, keep your left mouse click pressed, move the cursor to the right bottom point and release it).&lt;br /&gt;
{{clear}}&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Activity time&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - You should create an image OER using Screenshot of an image from your computer or the web, when it is sharing information which you find relevant to your OER. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As mentioned earlier, taking a photo of a copyrighted material (such as a photo), is a violation of the copyright law, with exception given for ‘fair use’.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Creating a simple animation (&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Tux Paint&amp;#039;&amp;#039;) ===&lt;br /&gt;
Tux Paint allows you to create simple animations by letting you create a slide presentation of a set of images. You can save the image you drew. Make small changes to it and save it as a new file. You can then ‘play’ the photos in a recurring manner (image 6) to create a simple animation. Your animation can have as many images as you like.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Animation created using Tux Paint.ogv|thumb|400x450px|Image 6 - Creating an animation using a series of drawings in Tux Paint|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We have created four drawings of a tree, to represent different views over the year. The first one is barren, second with leaves, third with leaves and flowers and fourth one with leaves, flowers and  fruits. The second, third and fourth images are created by modifying the previous one and saving the same. Playing these images recurrently in Tux Paint creates a simple animation of the changes in the tree over time (image 6). &lt;br /&gt;
{{clear}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Animation created using Tux Paint2.ogv|thumb|400x450px|Image 7 - Creating an animation using a series of drawings in Tux Paint|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A second example of creating an animation using a series of images in Tux Paint is also shown below. Here with very minimum changes between the images, an animation of a walking person has been created. &lt;br /&gt;
{{clear}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Activity time&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - You should create an animation using a series of images in Tux Paint. You should carefully do the first drawing, then make minor changes to an image, using a brush and eraser, and save it as the next image in the animation.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Creating and editing image resources using an image editor [[File:GIMP Icon without brush.svg|frameless|24x24px]] [https://www.gimp.org/ GIMP] ===&lt;br /&gt;
Whether we capture using camera or an application like Tux Paint or Screenshot, the images have been captured digitally based on the resolution of the computer or mobile screen; this is indicated in terms of pixels.  Such images are called [[wikipedia:Raster_graphics|raster images]] and they are dependent on the resolution of the device for their quality.  All raster graphics or images are those that involve capturing some image or object using various devices.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
GNU Image Manipulation Program (GIMP) is an image editing software, that can edit and make raster images.  There is another kind of digital image called the [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Vector_graphics vector graphics] which is not discussed in the toolkit.  Vector graphics or images involve creating drawings based on defined geometrical information; this can be defined in terms of the shapes and is not governed by the resolution of the device.  [[wikipedia:Inkscape|Inkscape]] is a tool that can be used to create and edit vector images.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
GIMP can be opened from Applications---&amp;gt;Graphics---&amp;gt;[[File:GIMP Icon without brush.svg|frameless|24x24px]] [https://www.gimp.org/ GIMP Image Editor] (image 7). GIMP stands for GNU Image Manipulation program.&lt;br /&gt;
GIMP is very powerful with many sophisticated features. We will learn a few commonly used functions in image editing:&lt;br /&gt;
# Cropping an image&lt;br /&gt;
# Adding text to an image&lt;br /&gt;
# Reducing the size of an image&lt;br /&gt;
Once you have opened the GIMP application, open the image you would like to edit (image 8). You can see the menu bar providing different options for editing the image.&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:COL-Opening_GIMP.png|thumb|450x450px|Image 7 - Opening GIMP]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:COL_-_Opening_an_image_file_using_GIMP.png|thumb|450x450px|Image 8 - File opened in GIMP]] &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
{{clear}}&lt;br /&gt;
==== Cropping an image ====&lt;br /&gt;
Often, you want some part of a larger image to re-use in a different resource.  GIMP allows you to select parts of an image - in different shapes or even using a freehand selection to select parts of an image.  &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:COL_-_Crop_to_selection_of_an_image,_using_GIMP.png|thumb|450x450px|Image 9 - cropping an image using GIMP|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
This is different from a screenshot where you can only grab an area that is in the shape of a rectangle. You can select parts of an image from Select &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Tools → Selection Tools → Free Select&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
You can move your cursor on the image to outline the area you want to crop, this is free hand, not necessarily in the form of a rectangle. Then crop the image to your selection through Image → Crop to Selection (image 9). We have cropped the image to free select only the teacher and the student (see the dotted line).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can export this cropped image using File → Export as and export to an image format like .png or .jpeg.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{clear}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Adding text to an image ====&lt;br /&gt;
You may want to add a caption to an image and make that caption a part of the image itself. You can do this using GIMP&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Entering_text_on_an_image_using_GIMP.png|thumb|450x450px|Image 10 - Entering text on an image using GIMP|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Select &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Tools → Text.&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;  A text tool box appears.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Place your cursor where you want to type your text. You can format the text (change font size, colour) through the Text tool box.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In our image, we have added the text ‘Digital Storytelling, Health centre’ and selected the yellow colour for the text, since it will display better against a dark background (image 10). (Tip - the text should be in a colour contrasting with the background, for easier visibility). &lt;br /&gt;
You too should enter captions on a few image resources which you have created for your OER, in this section.&lt;br /&gt;
{{clear}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Reducing the size of an image ====&lt;br /&gt;
Sometimes image files can be heavy (compared to text only files). You can reduce the size of an image using GIMP.  Select &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Image → Scale image&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; (image 11).&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:COL_-_Scaling_an_image_using_GIMP.png|thumb|450x450px|Image 11 - Cropping an image using GIMP|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can reduce the resolution in the form that opens. The more you reduce the resolution, the greater the reduction of file size.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You should then over write the file, File → Overwrite &amp;lt;your file name&amp;gt;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
GIMP will open a form asking for reduction in quality. You can reduce quality up to 30% without visible degradation in quality. We reduced the size of a file from 10.7MB to 1.2 MB using above approach.&lt;br /&gt;
{{clear}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Combining images and text ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Inserting images in a text document (&amp;#039;&amp;#039;LibreOffice Writer&amp;#039;&amp;#039;) ====&lt;br /&gt;
One of the ways of making OER powerful and high quality is by suitably integrating multiple resource formats. Images can be embedded / inserted into a text document. The image and the related text enhance the value of the other in the document.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We have already seen in the previous chapter on text OER how to export a concept map as an image (image 12) and save in your resource folder. This image of a concept map can be inserted into a text document; we have inserted our concept map on digital story telling into a document on digital story telling. We will open LibreOfficeWriter (image13). (&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Application -&amp;gt; Office -&amp;gt; LibreOffice Writer&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;) and open the document we have been working on in the previous chapter &amp;quot;Learning Digital Story Telling.odt&amp;quot;. You can increase or reduce the size of this image by moving your cursor to one of the vertices of the image and drag-dropping your cursor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We will create a section ‘Concept map’ in the document.  Move the cursor below this heading and select &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Insert → Image&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; (image 13). LibreOffice Writer will open the file browser. Use file browser to select the image file of your concept map. The image will be inserted in your text document as shown.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:COL_-_Export_freeplane_as_image.png|thumb|450x450px|Image 12 - Export of a concept map to .jpeg format using Freeplane|none]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:COL_-_Inserting_image_of_concept_map_in_text_document.png|thumb|450x450px|Image 13 - Insertion of image of a concept map in LibreOffice Writer|none]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By inserting images into a text document, you can present a story a series of text and images, this is called a [[wikipedia:Picture_book|picture book]]. Picture stories are useful to support language learning. The student can associate the word with the image and can build a [http://pictionary.gyza.cz/ pictionary].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Presenting image resources in a ‘slide presentation’ format (&amp;#039;&amp;#039;LibreOffice Impress&amp;#039;&amp;#039;) ====&lt;br /&gt;
The process of inserting an image into a LibreOffice Impress slide is similar to the process explained earlier for LibreOffice Writer. You can manipulate the size as well as the location of the image on the slide using your mouse and drag-dropping the vertices of the image on the slide.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:COL_-_Inserting_a_text_box_and_an_image_on_a_presentation_slide.png|thumb|450x450px|Image 14 - insertion of text box and an image in a slide in LibreOffice Impress|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Inserting a set of images on a set of slides (an image a slide) can be nice way of telling a story as well. For instance, if you want to tell the story of your visit to a historical place, you could insert the photos in the order you want to talk about them, in a set of slides. Then using slide show (&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Slide Show -&amp;gt; Start from the first slide&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;), you can narrate a story, explaining the photos sequentially. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also move the image to one side of the slide and on the other side, insert a text box and add text which explains the image (image 14). Moving the image is done by simply clicking on one corner of the image and drag dropping to the other corner of the image. &lt;br /&gt;
{{clear}}&lt;br /&gt;
We have inserted the image of the students interacting with the Community Health Institution official and a text box by the side of the image. The combination of an image and text resource adds more power and meaning of the information conveyed, than only the text or the image would have conveyed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You should create image OER related to your topic. It could be through photographs or by using Screenshot or Tux Paint. Edit your images using GIMP. so that you can communicate what you have in mind. Save the images in your personal digital library, you could save in a sub folder called &amp;#039;Images&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Alternative applications and alternative platforms  ===&lt;br /&gt;
GIMP is also available on Microsoft Windows. The functions and menu options of GIMP on Windows are similar to those on Ubuntu platform. Learning GIMP on Windows is similar to learning it on Ubuntu.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please refer to [[Teachers&amp;#039;_toolkit_for_creating_and_re-purposing_OER_using_FOSS/Annexure|Annexure]], for a list of equivalent Free and Open Source Software applications on the GNU/Linux, Microsoft Windows and Android (Mobile phone)  platforms and on the web, for image and animation software.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Teachers&amp;#039; toolkit for creating and re-purposing OER using FOSS]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Venkatesh</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Teachers%27_toolkit_for_creating_and_re-purposing_OER_using_FOSS/Image_and_animation_OER&amp;diff=6452</id>
		<title>Teachers&#039; toolkit for creating and re-purposing OER using FOSS/Image and animation OER</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Teachers%27_toolkit_for_creating_and_re-purposing_OER_using_FOSS/Image_and_animation_OER&amp;diff=6452"/>
		<updated>2017-03-28T09:18:57Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Venkatesh: /* Creating a simple animation (Tux Paint) */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Navigate|Prev=Text OER|Curr=Image and animation OER|Next=Audio and Video OER}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One of the most important advantages of OER is the possibility of creating resources in multiple formats - images being one of them.  Images can be used standalone, or in a sequence as an animation, or in combination with text to create picture stories for communication.  With increasing use of ICT, creating, editing and remixing image resources is becoming more and more prevalent.  Availability of free and open source tools for creation and re-purposing of image resources can help the greater creation, re-purposing and publishing  of image and animation OERs.  This chapter will focus on accessing image repositories, tools for creating image and animation OER, editing image OER, remixing image OER with other formats and publishing.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By the end of this chapter, you will be able to &lt;br /&gt;
# access image OER from popular repositories &lt;br /&gt;
# create image OER using your camera (&amp;#039;&amp;#039;on your feature mobile phone&amp;#039;&amp;#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
# create image OER using a drawing tool (using &amp;#039;&amp;#039;Tux Paint&amp;#039;&amp;#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
# create a simple animation OER (using &amp;#039;&amp;#039;Tux Paint&amp;#039;&amp;#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
# create image OER using a screen capture tool (using &amp;#039;&amp;#039;Screenshot&amp;#039;&amp;#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
# edit image OER using an image editor (using &amp;#039;&amp;#039;GIMP&amp;#039;&amp;#039;).&lt;br /&gt;
# embed / insert images in a text document to create a picture story (using &amp;#039;&amp;#039;LibreOffice Writer)&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
# present image resources in a ‘slide presentation’ format (using &amp;#039;&amp;#039;LibreOffice Impress&amp;#039;&amp;#039;).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Accessing image OER repositories ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Searching popular image OER repositories ====&lt;br /&gt;
Like [https://en.wikipedia.org Wikipedia] is a text OER repository, [[commons:Main_Page|Wikimedia commons]] is a repository of media (images, audio and video), managed by the same [[wikipedia:Wikimedia_Foundation|WikiMedia Foundation]].  You can search images related to your topic in Wikimedia Commons, by simply typing the topic name in the search bar(image 1). We will do this for ‘Digital Story Telling’ (DST) which is the OER being created as an exemplar in this toolkit. [https://www.flickr.com/creativecommons/ Flickr] is also another popular source of OER images[[File:COL_-_Wikimedia_Commons_Search_Image_-_DST_.png|thumb|450x450px|Image 1 - Search and display DST on Wikimedia Commons|none]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Search the web for image OER ====&lt;br /&gt;
You can use a search engine such as [https://google.com Google search engine] or [https://duckduckgo.com/ DuckDuckGo] search engine, using a FOSS web browser such as [https://www.mozilla.org/ Mozilla Firefox] to search for image OER. You can search for images relating  DST to simply typing in Digital Story Telling in the search bar of the search engine (image 2) and selecting the ‘Images’ link (image 3) .  As in the case of text, you can select images that are licensed for re-use by specifying this in the search settings.&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:ImageOER1.png|left|thumb|Image 2 - Advanced image search on Google|400x400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Imageoer2.png|thumb|400x400px|Image 3 - Filtering image search by usage rights]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Creating image resources  ===&lt;br /&gt;
==== Using your camera ====&lt;br /&gt;
A simple and easy way to create an image OER is to take a photo of the object you want an image of, using your camera or a mobile phone. Of course this will apply only where the topic is such that you have objects you can take a photo of. Sometimes an image can also be a digitization of hand-drawn images or paintings. Digitized representations of student drawings or paintings can be a useful collection of image OER. These photographs can be edited for further re-purposing as OER. Usually images are stored in .jpeg or .png formats. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note – Taking a photo of a copyrighted material (such as another photo), is a violation of the copyright law, with exception given for ‘fair use’. For more information on what you can photograph and cannot, read the [http://wipo.int/wipo_magazine/en/2006/02/article_0010.html WIPO advisory]. Wherever possible, you could take permission of the copyright holder to use an photo of the material.&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Activity time&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - Imaging what kind of			photographs may enrich the OER you are creating. Identify a few of			them and use your camera / mobile phone to take photographs. You can copy these from the camera / mobile phone to your computer in your image OER folder.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Using a drawing software - [http://tuxpaint.org/ Tux Paint] ====&lt;br /&gt;
You can also use a drawing software application to draw an image.  Open Tux Paint on your computer, through &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Applications → Education →&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; [[File:Tux paint logo.png|frameless|25x25px]]&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Tux Paint&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Tux_Paint_-_creating_a_picture.png|thumb|350x350px|Image 4 - Creating a drawing using brush in Tux Paint|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The screen contains two tool bars on either side of the drawing canvas. The left side tool bar contains drawing and editing controls. The right side tool bar provides the various options for the specific tool that you select on the left side tool bar (image 4). For e.g., when the &amp;quot;Paint brush&amp;quot; tool is selected on the left tool bar, it shows the various brushes available on the right tool bar. When the &amp;quot;Rubber Stamp&amp;quot; tool is selected on the left tool bar, it shows the different stamps you can use, on the right tool bar. At the bottom, you can see a palette of colours. Below this, at the bottom of the screen, Tux, the Linux Penguin, provides tips and other information while you draw.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can use the ‘brush’ tool, select the brush and the colour you want and paint on the drawing canvas. You can use the stamps for drawing / inserting predefined shapes into the canvas.   The left tool bar also has an eraser in case you want to erase any part of your drawing. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{clear}}&lt;br /&gt;
Tux Paint is a very simple and easy to use application. You should familiarize yourself with the tool options by simply using them, in your drawing work.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The files created by you, are stored in the home/.tuxpaint/saved folder, in the &amp;#039;png&amp;#039; format. To open the .tuxpaint folder, you may need to select the &amp;#039;view hidden&amp;#039; files in the /home folder on Ubuntu. The file name will begin with &amp;#039;year+month+date&amp;#039; in YYYYDDMM format, followed by a serial number.&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Activity time&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - You should also create a			drawing on an issue connected to your topic. Another possibility is			you could use any image you found as a reference, and draw it			using Tux Paint.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Creating image resources using a screen capture tool  [[File:Screeshoto logo.png|frameless|25x25px]][https://help.ubuntu.com/stable/ubuntu-help/screen-shot-record.html Screenshot] ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:COL_-_Creating_an_image_using_Screenshot_-_select_area.png|thumb|450x450px|Image 5 - Creating an image using Screenshot (select area to grab)]]One of the simplest and yet very powerful ways of creating an image is to simply take a picture of your computer screen. You may have opened a web page on which there is an image or some text you want to store as an image, or it may be from a file on your computer, or it may be a snapshot of a video you are playing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can use the tool Screenshot for this. Open Screenshot on your computer, through &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Applications → Accessories →&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;  [[File:Screeshoto logo.png|frameless|25x25px]] &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[https://help.ubuntu.com/stable/ubuntu-help/screen-shot-record.html Screenshot]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You have an option of capturing the entire display on your screen or selecting a smaller area. For the latter option, chose ‘select area to grab’ (image 5). Then use your mouse to drag drop the (rectangular) area you want to capture. (Move your cursor to the left top of the area, keep your left mouse click pressed, move the cursor to the right bottom point and release it).&lt;br /&gt;
{{clear}}&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Activity time&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - You should create an image OER using Screenshot of an image from your computer or the web, when it is sharing information which you find relevant to your OER. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As mentioned earlier, taking a photo of a copyrighted material (such as a photo), is a violation of the copyright law, with exception given for ‘fair use’.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Creating a simple animation (&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Tux Paint&amp;#039;&amp;#039;) ===&lt;br /&gt;
Tux Paint allows you to create simple animations by letting you create a slide presentation of a set of images. You can save the image you drew. Make small changes to it and save it as a new file. You can then ‘play’ the photos in a recurring manner (image 6) to create a simple animation. Your animation can have as many images as you like.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Animation created using Tux Paint.ogv|thumb|400x450px|Image 6 - Creating an animation using a series of drawings in Tux Paint|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We have created four drawings of a tree, to represent different views over the year. The first one is barren, second with leaves, third with leaves and flowers and fourth one with leaves, flowers and  fruits. The second, third and fourth images are created by modifying the previous one and saving the same. Playing these images recurrently in Tux Paint creates a simple animation of the changes in the tree over time (image 6). &lt;br /&gt;
{{clear}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Animation created using Tux Paint2.ogv|thumb|400x450px|Creating an animation using a series of drawings in Tux Paint|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A second example of creating an animation using a series of images in Tux Paint is also shown below. Here with very minimum changes between the images, an animation of a walking person has been created. &lt;br /&gt;
{{clear}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Activity time&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - You should create an animation using a series of images in Tux Paint. You should carefully do the first drawing, then make minor changes to an image, using a brush and eraser, and save it as the next image in the animation.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Creating and editing image resources using an image editor [[File:GIMP Icon without brush.svg|frameless|24x24px]] [https://www.gimp.org/ GIMP] ===&lt;br /&gt;
Whether we capture using camera or an application like Tux Paint or Screenshot, the images have been captured digitally based on the resolution of the computer or mobile screen; this is indicated in terms of pixels.  Such images are called [[wikipedia:Raster_graphics|raster images]] and they are dependent on the resolution of the device for their quality.  All raster graphics or images are those that involve capturing some image or object using various devices.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
GNU Image Manipulation Program (GIMP) is an image editing software, that can edit and make raster images.  There is another kind of digital image called the [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Vector_graphics vector graphics] which is not discussed in the toolkit.  Vector graphics or images involve creating drawings based on defined geometrical information; this can be defined in terms of the shapes and is not governed by the resolution of the device.  [[wikipedia:Inkscape|Inkscape]] is a tool that can be used to create and edit vector images.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
GIMP can be opened from Applications---&amp;gt;Graphics---&amp;gt;[[File:GIMP Icon without brush.svg|frameless|24x24px]] [https://www.gimp.org/ GIMP Image Editor] (image 7). GIMP stands for GNU Image Manipulation program.&lt;br /&gt;
GIMP is very powerful with many sophisticated features. We will learn a few commonly used functions in image editing:&lt;br /&gt;
# Cropping an image&lt;br /&gt;
# Adding text to an image&lt;br /&gt;
# Reducing the size of an image&lt;br /&gt;
Once you have opened the GIMP application, open the image you would like to edit (image 8). You can see the menu bar providing different options for editing the image.&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:COL-Opening_GIMP.png|thumb|450x450px|Image 7 - Opening GIMP]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:COL_-_Opening_an_image_file_using_GIMP.png|thumb|450x450px|Image 8 - File opened in GIMP]] &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
{{clear}}&lt;br /&gt;
==== Cropping an image ====&lt;br /&gt;
Often, you want some part of a larger image to re-use in a different resource.  GIMP allows you to select parts of an image - in different shapes or even using a freehand selection to select parts of an image.  &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:COL_-_Crop_to_selection_of_an_image,_using_GIMP.png|thumb|450x450px|Image 9 - cropping an image using GIMP|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
This is different from a screenshot where you can only grab an area that is in the shape of a rectangle. You can select parts of an image from Select &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Tools → Selection Tools → Free Select&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
You can move your cursor on the image to outline the area you want to crop, this is free hand, not necessarily in the form of a rectangle. Then crop the image to your selection through Image → Crop to Selection (image 9). We have cropped the image to free select only the teacher and the student (see the dotted line).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can export this cropped image using File → Export as and export to an image format like .png or .jpeg.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{clear}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Adding text to an image ====&lt;br /&gt;
You may want to add a caption to an image and make that caption a part of the image itself. You can do this using GIMP&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Entering_text_on_an_image_using_GIMP.png|thumb|450x450px|Image 10 - Entering text on an image using GIMP|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Select &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Tools → Text.&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;  A text tool box appears.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Place your cursor where you want to type your text. You can format the text (change font size, colour) through the Text tool box.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In our image, we have added the text ‘Digital Storytelling, Health centre’ and selected the yellow colour for the text, since it will display better against a dark background (image 10). (Tip - the text should be in a colour contrasting with the background, for easier visibility). &lt;br /&gt;
You too should enter captions on a few image resources which you have created for your OER, in this section.&lt;br /&gt;
{{clear}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Reducing the size of an image ====&lt;br /&gt;
Sometimes image files can be heavy (compared to text only files). You can reduce the size of an image using GIMP.  Select &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Image → Scale image&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; (image 11).&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:COL_-_Scaling_an_image_using_GIMP.png|thumb|450x450px|Image 11 - Cropping an image using GIMP|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can reduce the resolution in the form that opens. The more you reduce the resolution, the greater the reduction of file size.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You should then over write the file, File → Overwrite &amp;lt;your file name&amp;gt;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
GIMP will open a form asking for reduction in quality. You can reduce quality up to 30% without visible degradation in quality. We reduced the size of a file from 10.7MB to 1.2 MB using above approach.&lt;br /&gt;
{{clear}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Combining images and text ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Inserting images in a text document (&amp;#039;&amp;#039;LibreOffice Writer&amp;#039;&amp;#039;) ====&lt;br /&gt;
One of the ways of making OER powerful and high quality is by suitably integrating multiple resource formats. Images can be embedded / inserted into a text document. The image and the related text enhance the value of the other in the document.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We have already seen in the previous chapter on text OER how to export a concept map as an image (image 12) and save in your resource folder. This image of a concept map can be inserted into a text document; we have inserted our concept map on digital story telling into a document on digital story telling. We will open LibreOfficeWriter (image13). (&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Application -&amp;gt; Office -&amp;gt; LibreOffice Writer&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;) and open the document we have been working on in the previous chapter &amp;quot;Learning Digital Story Telling.odt&amp;quot;. You can increase or reduce the size of this image by moving your cursor to one of the vertices of the image and drag-dropping your cursor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We will create a section ‘Concept map’ in the document.  Move the cursor below this heading and select &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Insert → Image&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; (image 13). LibreOffice Writer will open the file browser. Use file browser to select the image file of your concept map. The image will be inserted in your text document as shown.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:COL_-_Export_freeplane_as_image.png|thumb|450x450px|Image 12 - Export of a concept map to .jpeg format using Freeplane|none]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:COL_-_Inserting_image_of_concept_map_in_text_document.png|thumb|450x450px|Image 13 - Insertion of image of a concept map in LibreOffice Writer|none]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By inserting images into a text document, you can present a story a series of text and images, this is called a [[wikipedia:Picture_book|picture book]]. Picture stories are useful to support language learning. The student can associate the word with the image and can build a [http://pictionary.gyza.cz/ pictionary].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Presenting image resources in a ‘slide presentation’ format (&amp;#039;&amp;#039;LibreOffice Impress&amp;#039;&amp;#039;) ====&lt;br /&gt;
The process of inserting an image into a LibreOffice Impress slide is similar to the process explained earlier for LibreOffice Writer. You can manipulate the size as well as the location of the image on the slide using your mouse and drag-dropping the vertices of the image on the slide.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:COL_-_Inserting_a_text_box_and_an_image_on_a_presentation_slide.png|thumb|450x450px|Image 14 - insertion of text box and an image in a slide in LibreOffice Impress|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Inserting a set of images on a set of slides (an image a slide) can be nice way of telling a story as well. For instance, if you want to tell the story of your visit to a historical place, you could insert the photos in the order you want to talk about them, in a set of slides. Then using slide show (&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Slide Show -&amp;gt; Start from the first slide&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;), you can narrate a story, explaining the photos sequentially. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also move the image to one side of the slide and on the other side, insert a text box and add text which explains the image (image 14). Moving the image is done by simply clicking on one corner of the image and drag dropping to the other corner of the image. &lt;br /&gt;
{{clear}}&lt;br /&gt;
We have inserted the image of the students interacting with the Community Health Institution official and a text box by the side of the image. The combination of an image and text resource adds more power and meaning of the information conveyed, than only the text or the image would have conveyed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You should create image OER related to your topic. It could be through photographs or by using Screenshot or Tux Paint. Edit your images using GIMP. so that you can communicate what you have in mind. Save the images in your personal digital library, you could save in a sub folder called &amp;#039;Images&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Alternative applications and alternative platforms  ===&lt;br /&gt;
GIMP is also available on Microsoft Windows. The functions and menu options of GIMP on Windows are similar to those on Ubuntu platform. Learning GIMP on Windows is similar to learning it on Ubuntu.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please refer to [[Teachers&amp;#039;_toolkit_for_creating_and_re-purposing_OER_using_FOSS/Annexure|Annexure]], for a list of equivalent Free and Open Source Software applications on the GNU/Linux, Microsoft Windows and Android (Mobile phone)  platforms and on the web, for image and animation software.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Teachers&amp;#039; toolkit for creating and re-purposing OER using FOSS]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Venkatesh</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=File:Animation_created_using_Tux_Paint2.ogv&amp;diff=6451</id>
		<title>File:Animation created using Tux Paint2.ogv</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=File:Animation_created_using_Tux_Paint2.ogv&amp;diff=6451"/>
		<updated>2017-03-28T09:17:06Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Venkatesh: {{Information
|Description    ={{en|1=Animation created using Tux Paint}}
|Source         =Record My Desktop
|Author         =IT for Change &amp;amp; Tux Paint Developer
|Date           =28.03.2017
|Name           =
|Alt_names           =
|Teaches           =...&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Summary ==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Information&lt;br /&gt;
|Description    ={{en|1=Animation created using Tux Paint}}&lt;br /&gt;
|Source         =Record My Desktop&lt;br /&gt;
|Author         =IT for Change &amp;amp; Tux Paint Developer&lt;br /&gt;
|Date           =28.03.2017&lt;br /&gt;
|Name           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Alt_names           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Teaches           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Based_on_url           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Requires           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Assessment           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Time_required           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Tags_Telugu           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Tags_English           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Translation_of           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Adaptationup           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Contributorup           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Permission     =&lt;br /&gt;
|other_versions =&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Licensing ==&lt;br /&gt;
{{cc-by-sa-4.0}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Venkatesh</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Learn_Tux_Paint&amp;diff=6952</id>
		<title>Learn Tux Paint</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Learn_Tux_Paint&amp;diff=6952"/>
		<updated>2017-03-27T09:07:39Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Venkatesh: Reverted edits by Venkatesh (talk) to last revision by Sunil&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;noprint&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;float:right; border:1px solid blue;width:300px;background-color:#F5F5F5;padding:2px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{| cellspacing=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Book.jpg|none|80px|Book image]]&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;padding-left:2px;&amp;quot; | Go to &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt; [[ICT_student_textbook/Communication with graphics|ICT student textbook]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[ICT teacher handbook]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
====Basic information====&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|ICT Competency&lt;br /&gt;
|Tux Paint is a free and open source application for supporting basic digital literacy by getting familiar with the mouse as a method of input.&lt;br /&gt;
This tool can also be used for graphic resource creation and editing.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Educational application and relevance&lt;br /&gt;
|Tux Paint is useful for creating pictures, simple animations and adding text to images to create picture stories. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Version&lt;br /&gt;
|Version - 0.9.22&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Configuration&lt;br /&gt;
|No specific configuration requirements&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Other similar applications&lt;br /&gt;
|[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/GIMP GIMP], [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/MyPaint MyPaint], [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/KolourPaint Kolourpaint]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|The application on mobiles and tablets&lt;br /&gt;
|There are graphics editors on the mobile / tablet platform like &amp;#039;Photo Editor&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Development and community help&lt;br /&gt;
|1. [http://www.tuxpaint.org/help/ Tux paint help document] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=O6hKk-0dzKA&amp;amp;index=1&amp;amp;list=PL4895DA72B06A794C Tux paint tutorials]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. [http://www.tuxpaint.org/ Official Website]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Overview of features====&lt;br /&gt;
Tux Paint is a graphics editor; it can be used for digital art introduction as well as to make simple animation in the form of slide show. It has a simple interface with a drawing area, drawing tools, color palettes, shapes and stamps. The paint brushes can be used to draw free hand or with previously defined shapes. Tux Paint can also be used to edit images / photos created using other applications. It has been designed to encourage young learners with cartoon mascots and with cartoon sound effects. You can view detailed features [http://tuxpaint.org/features here].&lt;br /&gt;
Selector, providing various objects you can select from (e.g., brushes, fonts or sub-tools, depending on the current tool). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Installation ====&lt;br /&gt;
# The application is part of the Ubuntu custom distribution.  &lt;br /&gt;
# In case you do not find it on your computer, you can install by choosing “Tux Paint” in Ubuntu Software Centre&lt;br /&gt;
# If you would like to install through the terminal follow these steps below:&lt;br /&gt;
## Open terminal by clicking (Ctrl+Alt+T), &lt;br /&gt;
## Once Window page is open, in front of dollar($) symbol just type below command.&lt;br /&gt;
## sudo apt-get install tuxpaint&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Working with the application===&lt;br /&gt;
====Getting familiar with the application====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Tux Paint 1 Main page.png|450px|left|frame|The Tux Paint interface]] &lt;br /&gt;
When we open the Tux Paint we will see this image. This window or main screen contains following sections:&lt;br /&gt;
#&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Left side&amp;#039;&amp;#039;: Tool bar contains drawing and editing controls.&lt;br /&gt;
#&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Middle&amp;#039;&amp;#039;: Drawing canvas. The largest part of the screen, in the centre, is the drawing canvas. &lt;br /&gt;
#&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Right Side&amp;#039;&amp;#039;: Selector; depending on the tool selected, the the selector shows different options available for the tool. For example, when the Paint Brush tool is selected, it shows the various brushes available. When the Rubber Stamp tool is selected, it shows the different shapes you can use. &lt;br /&gt;
#&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Lower&amp;#039;&amp;#039;: Colours; a palette of available colours are shown near the bottom of the screen. &lt;br /&gt;
#&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Bottom&amp;#039;&amp;#039;: Help Area at the very bottom of the screen, Tux, where the Linux Penguin, provides tips and other information while you draw.&lt;br /&gt;
{{clear}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Creating images with brushes and shapes====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;250px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Using the paint brush&amp;quot;&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
File:Tux Paint 2 Brush tool.png|Freehand drawing using the brush&lt;br /&gt;
File:Tux_Paint.png|Working with stamps (black and white)&lt;br /&gt;
File:Tux Paint 3 Work done stamp on Tux Paint page.png|Working with stamps (color)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The above images show the different ways of creating images with Tux Paint.   &lt;br /&gt;
# The first image shows you how to draw freehand. You can use the brush tool, select the kind of brush from the selector, and draw freehand.  By choosing from the color palette, you can also make a color sketch. For more fun, you can also listen to sounds as you draw. The bigger the brush, the lower the pitch.  You can, of course, mute the sound.&lt;br /&gt;
# The second and third images show shapes unfilled and filled in different colors.  In addition to freehand, Tux Paint allows you to select pre-defined shapes and stamps to use in your creation.  This makes the tool quite versatile.  You can select the shapes tool and select the kind of shape from the right hand side selector panel. For example, select &amp;#039;rectangle&amp;#039; shape, draw a rectangle with drag (press left click and keep pressed) and drop (release left click), if you didn&amp;#039;t keep press mouse and release, it will  keep moving. Press and release is required to complete the drawing. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Adding text to images ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Tux paint - adding text.png|450px|left|thumb|Adding text]]&lt;br /&gt;
There is also a &amp;#039;text&amp;#039; tool, which allows you to type in text in the canvas. By combining images and text, you can create simple cartoon strip.&lt;br /&gt;
For adding text, Select text tool from left tool bar, click on the screen where you need to add text and start typing. from the right side font window you can change the text font. Also change the text color from the bottom color tool bar.&lt;br /&gt;
{{clear}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Creating animations====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;200px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Animating pictures with Tux Paint&amp;quot;&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
File:Tuxpaint_animation.png|Creating a sequence of images&lt;br /&gt;
File:Tuxpaintanimation1.png|Creating a sequence of images&lt;br /&gt;
File:Animation_Play.png|Animating the images using a slideshow&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#It is possible to make simple animations with the pictures you created. In the first step, shown in the first image, you can use Tux Paint to create a series of images you want to build the animation with. For example, draw the life stages of a plant and you can start with a seed being blown from a mature plant. You can add as many images as you want to tell your story.  Each time you can make  slight changes to each drawing to create the idea of animation.   &lt;br /&gt;
#The next step is to number the images and play them using slideshow, shown in the second image above.  Numbering is done by simply clicking on  &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;slides&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.  The bars that you see next to the play button allow you to select the speed at which the slideshow wil lrun and hence determine how your animation will look.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Saving the files and formats====&lt;br /&gt;
# Once you have created/ edited your images, you can click on the save button on the left panel. If it is a new creation, Tux Paint will simply save.  If you are editing an existing image Tux Paint will give you an option of replacing the older file or saving a new file.    &lt;br /&gt;
# The files will be saved as &amp;quot;.png&amp;quot;.  &lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Viewing the saved files&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; The files saved by Tux Paint are available in your home folder, under the sub folder /.tuxpaint/saved.  The &amp;quot;.&amp;quot; preceding the tuxpaint makes this folder &amp;#039;hidden&amp;#039;. To un-hide (show) and open this folder you can do &amp;#039;CTRL H&amp;#039; when you have opened your home folder. You can then see all hidden folders. You can copy these files to any other folder you want.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Advanced features====&lt;br /&gt;
You can copy image files (only in png format)  to the Tux Paint folder for saved files -  under the sub folder /.tuxpaint/saved in your home folder. You can open these using Tux Paint and  edit it within Tux Paint. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Ideas for resource creation===&lt;br /&gt;
#It is easy to use Tux Paint to create simple drawings. These drawings can be a combination of what you can draw, combined with the &amp;#039;stamps&amp;#039; or images already available in the application. Thus image/graphics resources can be created with Tux Paint. These images can be inserted in documents to create picture essays.&lt;br /&gt;
#It is also possible to create simple animations in Tux Paint. You can create a series of drawings, with small modifications as required. You can sequence these drawings to show one after another. You can then &amp;#039;play&amp;#039; the slides for to create an animation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Tux_Paint Wikipedia]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Explore an application]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Venkatesh</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=File:LOW_save_Window.png&amp;diff=6417</id>
		<title>File:LOW save Window.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=File:LOW_save_Window.png&amp;diff=6417"/>
		<updated>2017-03-27T07:48:57Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Venkatesh: {{Information
|Description    ={{en|1=LOW save Window}}
|Source         =Screenshot
|Author         =IT for Change and Libre Office Writer developer
|Date           =27.03.2017
|Name           =
|Alt_names           =
|Teaches           =
|Based_on_url...&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Summary ==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Information&lt;br /&gt;
|Description    ={{en|1=LOW save Window}}&lt;br /&gt;
|Source         =Screenshot&lt;br /&gt;
|Author         =IT for Change and Libre Office Writer developer&lt;br /&gt;
|Date           =27.03.2017&lt;br /&gt;
|Name           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Alt_names           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Teaches           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Based_on_url           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Requires           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Assessment           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Time_required           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Tags_Telugu           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Tags_English           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Translation_of           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Adaptationup           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Contributorup           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Permission     =&lt;br /&gt;
|other_versions =&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Licensing ==&lt;br /&gt;
{{cc-by-sa-4.0}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Venkatesh</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=File:Format_in_LOW.png&amp;diff=6290</id>
		<title>File:Format in LOW.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=File:Format_in_LOW.png&amp;diff=6290"/>
		<updated>2017-03-24T07:14:57Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Venkatesh: {{Information
|Description    ={{en|1=Format in LOW}}
|Source         =Screenshot
|Author         =IT for Change &amp;amp; LOW developer
|Date           =
|Name           =
|Alt_names           =
|Teaches           =
|Based_on_url           =
|Requires...&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Summary ==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Information&lt;br /&gt;
|Description    ={{en|1=Format in LOW}}&lt;br /&gt;
|Source         =Screenshot&lt;br /&gt;
|Author         =IT for Change &amp;amp; LOW developer&lt;br /&gt;
|Date           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Name           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Alt_names           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Teaches           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Based_on_url           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Requires           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Assessment           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Time_required           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Tags_Telugu           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Tags_English           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Translation_of           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Adaptationup           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Contributorup           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Permission     =&lt;br /&gt;
|other_versions =&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Licensing ==&lt;br /&gt;
{{cc-by-sa-4.0}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Venkatesh</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Learn_Geogebratube&amp;diff=7653</id>
		<title>Learn Geogebratube</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Learn_Geogebratube&amp;diff=7653"/>
		<updated>2017-03-23T12:52:52Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Venkatesh: /* Basic information */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;noprint&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;float:right; border:1px solid blue;width:300px;background-color:#F5F5F5;padding:2px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{| cellspacing=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Book.jpg|none|80px|Book image]]&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;padding-left:2px;&amp;quot; | Go back to &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;[[ICT student textbook]] &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt; [[ICT teacher handbook]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=Introduction=&lt;br /&gt;
GeoGebraTube is the name of the new material sharing platform, developed for the special needs of the GeoGebra community. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Source:https://store.office.com/geogebratube-WA104199813.aspx?assetid=WA104199813&lt;br /&gt;
====Basic information====&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|ICT Competency&lt;br /&gt;
|This is a tool for upload and publish Geogebra materials &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Educational application and relevance&lt;br /&gt;
|GeoGebra (www.geogebra.org) is free dynamic mathematics software for all levels of education that brings together geometry, algebra, spreadsheets, graphing, statistics and calculus in one easy-to-use package. Interactive learning, teaching and evaluation resources created with GeoGebra can be shared and used by everyone at www.geogebratube.org.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Version&lt;br /&gt;
|Not Applicable&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Other similar applications&lt;br /&gt;
|There is no similar applications for this tool&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|The application on mobiles and tablets&lt;br /&gt;
|This is publishing tool, there is no mobile app for this.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Development and community help&lt;br /&gt;
|[https://dev.geogebra.org/trac/wiki/GeoGebraTube Official Website]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Overview of Features====&lt;br /&gt;
This tool helps to upload our Geogebra file along with images, videos, text, pdf files.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Installation ====&lt;br /&gt;
This is publishing tool, it doesn&amp;#039;t need any installation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Working with the application===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;&amp;quot; |{{ext-img|450|[[File:GeogebraTube_1_Open_GeogebraTube.png]]}}&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;&amp;quot; |{{ext-img|450|[[File:GeogebraTube_2_Create_Account.png]]}}&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;&amp;quot; |Step 1- To upload our geogebra material we must go to geogebra tube. For that search as www.geogebratube.org.&lt;br /&gt;
In address bar. This will take you to geogebra page like this.&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;&amp;quot; |Step 2 -To upload the material in geogebra tube we must have login id. To create id click on the sign in option and create account, it will show the window like this. Fill all the box and press create account option.    &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;&amp;quot; |{{ext-img|450|[[File:GeogebraTube_3_Account_Setting.png]]}}&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;&amp;quot; |{{ext-img|450|[[File:GeogebraTube_4_Upload_Files.png]]}}&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;&amp;quot; |Step 3- When you press create account option it will take you to account setting window. Here you have to fill the personal information.&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;&amp;quot; |Step 4 -After creating login account you can upload the material in the geogebra  tube. To upload the material click on the browse option.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;&amp;quot; |{{ext-img|450|[[File:GeogebraTube_5_Select_File.png]]}}&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;&amp;quot; |{{ext-img|450|[[File:GeogebraTube_6_Show_Like_This.png]]}}&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;&amp;quot; |Step 5-When you click on the browse option it will show the page like this. Here you select uploading material.&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;&amp;quot; |Step 6 After selecting material itwill show the geogebra file like this and ask you to give name.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;&amp;quot; |{{ext-img|450|[[File:GeogebraTube_7_Add_Text_Video_Image.png]]}}&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;&amp;quot; |{{ext-img|450|[[File:GeogebraTube_8_Short_Summary.png]]}}&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;&amp;quot; |Step 7-Along with this you can add text, video, image, pdf file by clicking add element option.&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;&amp;quot; |Step 8- When you try to save the option it will again ask you to write short summary, target group, language, visibility ect. &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Saving the files and formats====&lt;br /&gt;
Not Applicable&lt;br /&gt;
====Advanced features====&lt;br /&gt;
Not Applicable&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
===Ideas for resource creation===&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Explore an application]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Venkatesh</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Learn_Google_Drive&amp;diff=7651</id>
		<title>Learn Google Drive</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Learn_Google_Drive&amp;diff=7651"/>
		<updated>2017-03-23T12:52:21Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Venkatesh: /* Basic information */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
Google Drive is an on-line folder that stores the files and folders you create and which are shared with you by others. To access your drive from different devices, you need to sign in to your Google Account (which is created when you open your [[Learn Gmail|Gmail account]]).&lt;br /&gt;
====Basic information====&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|ICT Competency&lt;br /&gt;
|Google Drive is a application for accessing and publishing resources. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Educational application and relevance&lt;br /&gt;
|You can store all your data here by uploading existing file, folders and also can create new files and folders. And you can share your data with your peers to view, edit and comment. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Version&lt;br /&gt;
|Version - Not Applicable&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Configuration&lt;br /&gt;
|No specific configuration requirements but Internet connection is needed  to use this application.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Other similar applications&lt;br /&gt;
|[https://nextcloud.com/ Nextcloud] [https://www.dropbox.com/?landing=cntl Dropbox]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|The application on mobiles and tablets&lt;br /&gt;
|Android phones will have inbuilt Google Drive option. You need to switch on the synchronizing option to get all your mobile camera photos to upload to your google drive photos automatically. This enable all your important event photos will be saved safely in Google Drive.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Development and community help&lt;br /&gt;
|[https://www.google.com/drive/ Google] &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Overview of Features====&lt;br /&gt;
# Google allows you 15 GB of free Google online storage, this includes your photos (Google photos), emails (Gmail), stories, drawings, recordings, video (Drive files).&lt;br /&gt;
# Your files in Drive can be reached from any smart phone, tablet, or computer.&lt;br /&gt;
# You can invite others to view, download, and collaborate on all the files you want–no email attachment needed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Installation ====&lt;br /&gt;
It is a web based application, there is no installation process. To access google drive, you have to sign in to your google account (Gmail login will do this).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Working with the application===&lt;br /&gt;
====Accessing Google Drive ====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;250px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Opening Google Drive&amp;quot;&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
File:Youtube_1_Option_Menu_to_Open.png|Opening a browser&lt;br /&gt;
File:Gmail 1 Main Window.png|Login to Gmail account&lt;br /&gt;
File:Google_Photos_1_App_Of_Google.png|Google Apps, select Drive&lt;br /&gt;
File:Google_Drive_2_Main_Window.png|Google Drive main page&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# The above images show you how to access Google Drive. You need to access a browser ([[Learn Firefox|Mozilla Firefox]]) for this. On your computer with Ubuntu custom distribution, to open web browser go to (Applications  → Internet→ Firefox web browser), as shown in the first image. And then type www.gmail.com in address bar to enter to Gmail page.&lt;br /&gt;
#Login to your Gmail account by using your Gmail user ID and password.&lt;br /&gt;
#Then go to App option which is showing in the image. Click on Drive.&lt;br /&gt;
#The google drive page will open and will look like this.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Creating / uploading and sharing files====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;250px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Creating/Uploading and Sharing file&amp;quot;&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
File:Google_Drive_3_New_Files_Uploads.png|New files&lt;br /&gt;
File:Google_Drive_4_Share_Files.png|Sharing files&lt;br /&gt;
File:Google_Drive_5_Access_Permission.png|Access permission&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#To Upload your local Folders to or Files to Google Drive , Click on “New” icon on left side of the screen. &lt;br /&gt;
##If you want to create a folder, click on “Folder” --&amp;gt; Give folder name --&amp;gt; Click on “Create”. &lt;br /&gt;
##To upload a file: Click on File Upload -&amp;gt; select file -&amp;gt;click open. &lt;br /&gt;
##You can create new files here, you can create documents, spreadsheet, slides. Google Drive has Open Document Format (odt, odp, ods) viewer and can open odt, fodt, ott, odp, fodp, otp, ods, fods, ots, doc, docx, xls, xlsx, ppt, pptx supported files. &lt;br /&gt;
#Sharing files: Select any file -&amp;gt; Right Click  and click  Share . Or Open your file, go to right corner and click on SHARE. Here you can share your uploaded folder or files with others by using their Gmail ids.&lt;br /&gt;
#Choose access permission. Examples : If you want to give access to edit , select “can edit” option. same like you can select other options like &amp;quot;comment&amp;quot; and only &amp;quot;view&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Saving the files and formats====&lt;br /&gt;
When you start working on Google Drive documents, it will save automatically with given file name. Or else it will save as &amp;quot;Untitled&amp;quot; file.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Advanced features====&lt;br /&gt;
# You can create simple drawings on &amp;quot;Google Drawing Page&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
# You can allow others to access your documents (&amp;#039;sharing&amp;#039; documents with them) and give their comments and feedback. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Ideas for resource creation===&lt;br /&gt;
All the documents like photos , important files and text resources can be save in drive. You can use share these resources with your peers to view, edit and comment to make it more effective. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=References=&lt;br /&gt;
Google Drive [http://www.coosbaylibrary.org/sites/default/files/GoogleDriveHandout.pdf Tutorial] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[https://www.google.com/drive/ Google Drive page]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Explore an application]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Venkatesh</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Learn_Marble&amp;diff=6976</id>
		<title>Learn Marble</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Learn_Marble&amp;diff=6976"/>
		<updated>2017-03-23T12:27:27Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Venkatesh: /* Basic information */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Template:Book-sidebar}}&lt;br /&gt;
====Introduction====&lt;br /&gt;
Marble is a virtual desktop globe and world atlas, which can be used to learn more about the Earth. You can pan and zoom, click on a label to open a corresponding Wikipedia article, and view the globe and maps with various projections with Marble.&lt;br /&gt;
====Basic information====&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|ICT Competency&lt;br /&gt;
|Marble is a free and open source educational software for subject  resource creation.&lt;br /&gt;
This tool can be used to teach maps of different regions (physical geography). &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Educational application and relevance&lt;br /&gt;
|Atlas is an essential resource for a Geography teacher. An atlas is required to learn political geography as well as physical geography. Marble is a digital atlas. It can be used to understand and analyse map information of the Earth. Lessons can be created using different maps from Marble to understand certain concepts in geography&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Version&lt;br /&gt;
|Marble Virtual Globe Version 1.12.20&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Configuration&lt;br /&gt;
|No specific configuration requirements&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Other similar applications&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://openstreetmap.org OpenStreetMaps]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://www.google.com/earth/ Google Earth]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|The application on mobiles and tablets&lt;br /&gt;
|Marble is not available on mobiles and tablets. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Development and community help&lt;br /&gt;
|1.[http://docs.kde.org/development/en/kdeedu/marble Official Website]&lt;br /&gt;
2.[https://marble.kde.org/support.php Community Help]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Overview of Features====&lt;br /&gt;
Marble is an virtual atlas, it has many digital maps of the Earth. These maps provide information about physical geography of the Earth, including topography, rainfall, climate etc. It also has ‘historical’ maps which give the information about the Earth at various points in time in the past, relating to political regimes at that time&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Installation====&lt;br /&gt;
#The application is part of the Ubuntu custom distribution.&lt;br /&gt;
#In case you do not find it on your computer, you can install by typing &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;Marble&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; on top search bar in Software Centre.&lt;br /&gt;
#If you would like to install through the terminal follow these steps below:&lt;br /&gt;
##Open terminal by clicking Applications-&amp;gt;System Tools-&amp;gt;Terminal or through Keyboard shortcut &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;Ctrl+Alt+T&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
##In the terminal window, type below command and press enter to start the installation by providing your machine password:&lt;br /&gt;
##&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;sudo apt-get install marble&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Working with the application===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Navigating the globe with Marble  ====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;300px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Navigating the globe with Marble&amp;quot;&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
File:Marble 1 Digital Atlas.png|Marble main page&lt;br /&gt;
File:Projection in Marble.png|Projection in Marble&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#Marble can be opened from Applications  → Education  → Marble. Once Marble is open you will see a window like this. On left side of your desktop you can see &amp;quot;Map View&amp;quot;. In case you do not see the &amp;#039;Map View&amp;#039; on the left side, you should select &amp;#039;Settings -&amp;gt; Panels -&amp;gt; Map View&amp;#039; and check it.  &lt;br /&gt;
#Under Map View you should select &amp;quot;projection&amp;quot; type. Here you will see different projection types. You can choose needed. After this, Below the projection type, there will be option called &amp;quot; Celestial Body. Under this option, you can Moon or Earth or few other planets&amp;#039; view.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Opening and studying maps ====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;300px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Opening and studying maps&amp;quot;&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
File:Different maps in marble.png|Different maps&lt;br /&gt;
File:Marble 2 Opening Temperature map.png|Temperature map&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# On the left side you will see many maps one below the other. Selecting any of them, will open it fully on the right side. You can use your mouse to move the Earth in all ways – top to bottom and bottom to top, right to left and left to right. You can click on the map at any place to expand it – this is ‘drilling down’ the map. You can also use the scale bar at the right to increase/reduce the map size and change its orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
# For Example : Open the “Temperature July” map. You can study the temperature patterns across the Earth during July on this map. Colour conventions have been used to suggest the temperature during this month. Open each of the maps available in the application.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Saving the files and formats ====&lt;br /&gt;
Marble does not have its own file format, which you can create, edit and save. However you can export images of the maps you are working on. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can export map and  create an image file from Marble through the File – Export Map option.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Advanced features====&lt;br /&gt;
You can search for locations in Marble. You can configure the physical features you want to see on a Map (you can remove features you do not want to see on a Map)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Ideas for resource creation===&lt;br /&gt;
You can create information for analysing selected topics in Geography. Students can explore the maps for different topics such as &lt;br /&gt;
#Rainfall patterns in July and December in India (corresponding to South west and North East monsoons), rain shadow regions, and explore causes for different rainfall patterns.&lt;br /&gt;
#Latitudes and longitudes, the role of each and differences between the two.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Marble Wikipedia]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Explore an application]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Venkatesh</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Learn_KGeography&amp;diff=6974</id>
		<title>Learn KGeography</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Learn_KGeography&amp;diff=6974"/>
		<updated>2017-03-23T12:18:27Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Venkatesh: /* Basic information */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Template:Book-sidebar}}&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
KGeography is a Free and open source educational software game that supports learning in political geography. It is part of the Kde educational project (like other &amp;#039;K&amp;#039; applications like Kanagram)&lt;br /&gt;
====Basic information====&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|ICT Competency&lt;br /&gt;
|KGeography is a Free and open source educational software for subject  resource creation. (political geography)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Educational application and relevance&lt;br /&gt;
|Atlas is an essential resource for a Geography teacher. An atlas is required to learn political geography as well as physical geography. KGeography is a digital atlas that provides maps of continents, countries and states (political geography). Simple quizzes are available in KGeography to test understanding / memory of different regions.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Version&lt;br /&gt;
|Version 0.9&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Configuration&lt;br /&gt;
|No specific configuration requirements.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Other similar applications&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
*[https://marble.kde.org/ Marble]&lt;br /&gt;
*Non free digital atlas includes:  [https://www.google.com/earth Google Earth] and   [http://bhuvan.nrsc.gov.in/bhuvan_links.php Bhuvan] (ISRO).&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|The application on mobiles and tablets&lt;br /&gt;
|KGeography is not available on mobiles and tablets. There are Apps available on the Android, for physical and political geography of the Earth . For example, Google Earth and Globe Master apps.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Development and community help&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://docs.kde.org/stable5/en/kdeedu/kgeography/index.html User manual for KGeography]   &lt;br /&gt;
* [https://docs.kde.org/stable5/en/kdeedu/kgeography/index.html User Based Support] &lt;br /&gt;
* [https://docs.kde.org/stable5/en/kdeedu/kgeography/index.html Official Website]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Overview of Features====&lt;br /&gt;
#KGeography is an virtual atlas, it has many digital maps of different political regions in the Earth, such as continents, countries, states.&lt;br /&gt;
#As a digital atlas, KGeography allows zoom in and out on a map. You can click the Zoom button and then draw a rectangle to zoom in a part of the map. While in zoom mode, you can press right mouse button to go back to the original map size (the Original Size action has the same effect). You can use the scroll bars, the arrow keys or the mouse wheel to move around the zoomed map or use the Move action that will allow you to drag the map using left mouse button. The Automatic Zoom feature will make the map as big as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Installation====&lt;br /&gt;
#The application is part of the Ubuntu custom distribution.&lt;br /&gt;
#In case you do not find it on your computer, you can install by typing &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;KGeography&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; on top search bar in Software Centre.&lt;br /&gt;
#If you would like to install through the terminal follow these steps below:&lt;br /&gt;
##Open terminal by clicking Applications-&amp;gt;System Tools-&amp;gt;Terminal or through Keyboard shortcut &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;Ctrl+Alt+T&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
##In the terminal window, type below command and press enter to start the installation by providing your machine password:&lt;br /&gt;
##&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;sudo apt-get install kgeography&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Working with the application===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Navigating KGeography  ====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;250px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Navigating KGeography&amp;quot;&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
File:KGeography-Africa_Map.png|KGeography Map&lt;br /&gt;
File:KGeography 1 Map of undivided Andhra Pradesh.png|Andtapradesh Map&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#KGeography can be opened from Applications  → Education  → KGeography.When you open KGeography, you will see the last map that was opened. The map above is the map of Africa continent.&lt;br /&gt;
#To explore places, Click on &amp;quot;Open Map&amp;quot;. Here we opened Andhra Pradesh map. You can use the Filter Maps text field, to quickly get your desired map. Just enter a few first letters of the map name to narrow down the list to a few matches. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;You will see an old / obsolete map of undivided Andhra Pradesh. (Since KGeography is a free software, the partition of Andhra Pradesh, as well as the creation of new districts in Telangana can be submitted by anybody and the software community managing this application will make the change, following a due process. This is not yet completed)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Quizzes in KGeography ====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;200px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Quizzes in KGeography&amp;quot;&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
File:option kegeography.png|Types of Quizzes&lt;br /&gt;
File:Quiz Questions in Kgeography.png|Set No of Questions&lt;br /&gt;
File:KGeography 2 Placing districts on the map.png|Placing Districts&lt;br /&gt;
File:Correct Answer in Kgeography.png|Quiz Result with correct and wrong answers&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#You can then choose what type of learning or quizzing you want to do by looking at the menu on the left.&lt;br /&gt;
#KGeography has a set of quiz questions, to test your knowledge of places. In the image, the ‘Place district in the map’ quiz is chosen. You need to place the district map within the state map. you will first asked how many questions you want. Then you will asked to click on a specific districts. &lt;br /&gt;
#The cursor takes the shape of a districts and you have to place it in the map. Then you will asked to click on a specific districts. The cursor takes the shape of a districts and you have to place it in the map. &lt;br /&gt;
#The results will display when the test is finished. You an see your correct and wrong answers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Saving the files and formats ====&lt;br /&gt;
KGeography does not have its own file format, which you can create, edit, save and export . However you can create image files of the maps you are working on, by using the [[Learn Screenshot|Screenshot]] application.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Advanced features====&lt;br /&gt;
===Ideas for resource creation===&lt;br /&gt;
You can use the quiz’s in KGeography as a resource for testing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/KGeography Wikipedia]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Explore an application]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Geography]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Venkatesh</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Learn_LibreOffice_Impress&amp;diff=7611</id>
		<title>Learn LibreOffice Impress</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Learn_LibreOffice_Impress&amp;diff=7611"/>
		<updated>2017-03-23T12:14:03Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Venkatesh: /* Basic information */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Template:Book-sidebar}}&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
====Basic information====&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|ICT Competency&lt;br /&gt;
|LibreOffice Impress is a free and open source application for creating generic resources, in the form of slide presentations.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Educational application and relevance&lt;br /&gt;
|LibreOffice Impress can be used to create slides that contain many different elements  including text, lists, tables, charts, audio and video links etc. Slides are often used in training programs and in teaching to quickly and simply communicate ideas through points.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Version&lt;br /&gt;
|Version: 5.1.4.2&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Configuration&lt;br /&gt;
|No specific configuration requirements&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Other similar applications&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;[http://sozi.baierouge.fr/ Sozi], [https://www.openoffice.org/product/impress.html Apache OpenOffice Impress],&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; &amp;#039;&amp;#039;[http://google.com/slides/about Google Drive Slides] are all presentation software applications&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|The application on mobiles and tablets&lt;br /&gt;
|In  an Android based mobile or tablet you can install [https://libreoffice.org/download/android-viewer LibreOffice viewer] through the Google Playstore&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Development and community help&lt;br /&gt;
|1. [http://www.libreoffice.org/ Official Website]&lt;br /&gt;
2. [https://wiki.documentfoundation.org/images/a/ac/IG40-ImpressGuideLO.pdf LibreOffice Impress help document]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
====&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Overview of Features&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;====&lt;br /&gt;
LibreOffice Impress lets you create professional slide shows that can include charts, drawing objects, text, multimedia and a variety of other items. We can import and modify Microsoft PowerPoint presentations.&lt;br /&gt;
On-screen slide shows, animation, slide transitions  are a few of the techniques you can use to make presentation more appealing. Impress also includes a spelling checker, text styles and background styles, to communicate information in simple and powerful ways.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Installation====&lt;br /&gt;
#The application is part of the Ubuntu custom distribution.&lt;br /&gt;
#In case you do not find it on your computer, you can install by typing &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;LibreOffice&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; on top search bar in Software Centre.&lt;br /&gt;
#If you would like to install through the terminal follow these steps below:&lt;br /&gt;
##Open terminal by clicking Applications-&amp;gt;System Tools-&amp;gt;Terminal or through Keyboard shortcut &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;Ctrl+Alt+T&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
##In the terminal window, type below command and press enter to start the installation by providing your machine password:&lt;br /&gt;
##&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;sudo apt-get install LibreOffice&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Working with the application===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Opening a presentation slide ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:LO1 Introduction.png|450px|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
LibreOffice Impress can be opened from Applications → Office → LibreOffice Impress. When you open the LibreOffice Impress application, it will show the window like this. You can click the cursor on &amp;quot;Click to add title&amp;quot; and type the title of the information you want to enter. And then you can click the cursor on &amp;quot;Click to add text&amp;quot; and type the information you want to present. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After completing the first slide, if you want take new slide, see the left side panel of the window and right click on slide, then choose new slide. Alternatively, you can also select any slide from from slide list and then press ENTER. &lt;br /&gt;
{{clear}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Organising text through bullets and number lists  ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:LO Bullets and Numbers.png|450px|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;To add the bullets and numbers&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; to text information, choose Format - Bullets and Numbering. You can also select the different symbols of bullets and numbers here. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
An important feature of Impress is to enable you present your information through simple and short points (&amp;#039;bullet points&amp;#039;). &lt;br /&gt;
{{clear}}&lt;br /&gt;
==== Inserting images  ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:LO add Images.png|450px|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;To add images&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - Go to the insert menu in menu bar and click on images and select the image which you want to add. Alternatively you can click on the image icon in text field. You can move the cursor around that, and it will show the option to &amp;#039;Insert Image&amp;#039;. Here you can see the options to  &amp;#039;Insert Table&amp;#039;, &amp;#039;Insert Audio and Video&amp;#039; and &amp;#039;Insert Graph&amp;#039;. Thus you can insert files in other formats also in your slide and make it a comprehensive resource on a topic.&lt;br /&gt;
{{clear}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Insert Weblink  ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:LO Hyperlink.png|450px|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Insert Web link&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;- Place the text cursor in the document at the point where you want to insert the hyperlink or select the text that you want to put the hyperlink on. Select Hyperlink command from the Insert menu. &lt;br /&gt;
When you present your slides (using &amp;#039;Slide Show&amp;#039; from the Menu), you will be able to click this web link and open the web page with that address (you will need internet connectivity for this). You can also use this to link a file on your own computer, which can be opened in the same manner.&lt;br /&gt;
{{clear}}&lt;br /&gt;
==== Custom animation for presentation  ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:LO_Impress_5_Custom_animation.png|450px|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Custom animation&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - Opens the Custom Animation from task panel on right side of the working window. Alternatively choose Slide from Menu Bar and then click on &amp;#039;Custom Animation&amp;#039;.  There will be varieties of styles to add, you can choose. Custom animation enables you to present your text in different styles. You can have the text come in different speeds, in different ways, this makes it interesting for the viewer by providing visual relief. Try different animation methods and have fun! &lt;br /&gt;
{{clear}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Modifying the &amp;#039;Master Page&amp;#039; template  ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:LO Master Page.png|450px|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Master Page&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - Impress comes with a collection of master pages. Click on the master pages section from task panel on right side of the working window,   and click on master page you want to select for your presentation. &lt;br /&gt;
{{clear}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Saving the files and formats====&lt;br /&gt;
#Like in most applications, a file can be saved using the FILE – SAVE command, or by the shortcut key CTRL+S. Always give a meaningful file name, reading which you should get an idea of the file contents.&lt;br /&gt;
#The files will be saved as &amp;quot;.odp&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
#The files can be exported to a PDF format (FILE - EXPORT as PDF). This is useful when you only need to print the file and do not want any changes to it. You can also save your file in the Microsoft ppt format (FILE - SAVE AS).&lt;br /&gt;
====Advanced features====&lt;br /&gt;
You can use custom animation in advanced ways to present text, audio, video and images in rich ways. You have different options to  print your slides - only slides or as a handout.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Ideas for resource creation===&lt;br /&gt;
* You can organise and structure teaching ideas through slide presentations. You can animate your slides and combine text, image, audio and video elements for richer communication.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
#[https://wiki.documentfoundation.org/images/a/ac/IG40-ImpressGuideLO.pdf The Document Foundation] &lt;br /&gt;
#LibreOffice Impress Official [https://www.libreoffice.org/ Website] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Explore an application]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Venkatesh</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Learn_KGeography&amp;diff=6179</id>
		<title>Learn KGeography</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Learn_KGeography&amp;diff=6179"/>
		<updated>2017-03-17T09:03:38Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Venkatesh: /* Installation */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Template:Book-sidebar}}&lt;br /&gt;
=Introduction=&lt;br /&gt;
KGeography is a Free and open source educational software game that tests students geographical knowledge.&lt;br /&gt;
==ICT Competency==&lt;br /&gt;
Subject-wise resource creation tools.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Educational application and relevance==&lt;br /&gt;
Atlas is an essential resource for a Geography teacher. An atlas is required to learn political geography as well as physical geography. K Geography is a digital atlas that provides maps of continents, countries and states (political geography). Simple quizzes are available in K Geography to test understanding / memory of different regions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Version==&lt;br /&gt;
K Geography Version 0.8.2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Configuration==&lt;br /&gt;
This tool has no specific configuration requirements. It is available as a part of Ubuntu custom distribution. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Overview of Features==&lt;br /&gt;
#K Geography is an virtual atlas, it has many digital maps of different political regions in the Earth, such as continents, countries, states.&lt;br /&gt;
#Another feature of KGeography is the possibility of zoom on a map. You can click the Zoom button and then draw a rectangle to zoom in a part of the map. While in zoom mode, you can press right mouse button to go back to the original map size (the Original Size action has the same effect). Use the scroll bars, the arrow keys or the mouse wheel to move around the zoomed map or use the Move action that will allow you to drag the map using left mouse button. The Automatic Zoom feature will make the map as big as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
==Other similar applications==&lt;br /&gt;
#Other free digital atlas applications include Marble (physical geograpy_&lt;br /&gt;
#Non free digital atlas includes https://www.google.com/earth  (Google), Bhuvan http://bhuvan.nrsc.gov.in/bhuvan_links.php (ISRO).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Development and community help==&lt;br /&gt;
# User manual for K Geography is available on https://docs.kde.org/stable5/en/kdeedu/kgeography/index.html &lt;br /&gt;
# User Based Support - 	[http://userbase.kde.org/KGeography&lt;br /&gt;
#[https://edu.kde.org/kgeography/ Official Website]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Working with the application=&lt;br /&gt;
==Functionalities==&lt;br /&gt;
K Geography is part of the Ubuntu distribution. This can be opened from Applications  → Education  → K Geography.  &lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;&amp;quot; |[[File:KGeography-Africa_Map.png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;&amp;quot; |[[File:KGeography 1 Map of undivided Andhra Pradesh.png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;&amp;quot; |Step 1 - When you open KGeography, you will see the last map that was opened. The map above is the map of Africa continent. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;&amp;quot; |Step 2 - To explore places, Click on &amp;quot;Open Map&amp;quot;. Here Here we choose Andhra Pradesh. You can filter the map list using Filter Maps text field. Just enter a few first letters of the map name to narrow down the list to a few matches. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;You will see an old / obsolete map of undivided Andhra Pradesh. (Since K Geography is a free software, the partition of Andhra Pradesh, as well as the creation of new districts in Telangana can be submitted by anybody and the software community managing this application will make the change, following a due process.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;&amp;quot; |[[File:option kegeography.png|450px]] &lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;&amp;quot; |[[File:Quiz Questions in Kgeography.png|450px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;&amp;quot; |Step 3 - You can then choose what type of learning or testing you want to do by looking at the menu on the left.&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;&amp;quot; |Step 4 - K Geography has a set of quiz questions, to test your knowledge of places. In the image, the ‘Place district in the map’ quiz is chosen. You need to place the district map within the state map. you will first asked how many questions you want. Then you will asked to click on a specific districts. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;&amp;quot; |[[File:KGeography 2 Placing districts on the map.png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;&amp;quot; |[[File:Correct Answer in Kgeography.png|450px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;&amp;quot; |Step 5 -The cursor takes the shape of a districts and you have to place it in the map. Then you will asked to click on a specific districts. The cursor takes the shape of a districts and you have to place it in the map. &lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;&amp;quot; |Step 6 - The results will display when the test is finished. You an see your correct and wrong answers. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==File formats for creation==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Saving the file==&lt;br /&gt;
K Geography does not have its own file format, which you can create, edit and save. However you can create image files of the maps you are working on, by using the screenshot application.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Export and publishing files==&lt;br /&gt;
You can create an image file from K Geography through the using the screen shot application.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Advanced features==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Installation=&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Method of installation !! Steps&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| From Ubuntu software Centre || Search for KGeography and then click on &amp;quot;Install&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| From Terminal || Open Terminal (Ctrl + Alt + T) &lt;br /&gt;
 sudo apt-get update&lt;br /&gt;
 sudo apt-get install kgeography-data&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| From the web || [https://sourceforge.net/projects/kgeography.berlios/files/latest/download KGeography Website]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Web based registration || Not Applicable&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=The application on mobiles and tablets=&lt;br /&gt;
K Geography is not available on mobiles and tablets. There are apps available for Android, for physical and political geography of the Earth&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Ideas for resource creation=&lt;br /&gt;
You can use the quiz’s in K Geography.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=References=&lt;br /&gt;
[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/KGeography Wikipedia]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Explore an application]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Geography]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Venkatesh</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Learn_Easy_Java_Simulation&amp;diff=6163</id>
		<title>Learn Easy Java Simulation</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Learn_Easy_Java_Simulation&amp;diff=6163"/>
		<updated>2017-03-17T04:52:45Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Venkatesh: /* Development and community help */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;noprint&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;float:right; border:1px solid blue;width:300px;background-color:#F5F5F5;padding:2px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{| cellspacing=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Book.jpg|none|80px|Book image]]&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;padding-left:2px;&amp;quot;| Go back to &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;[[ICT student textbook]] &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; [[ICT teacher handbook]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=Introduction=&lt;br /&gt;
Easy Java Simulations is an open-source software tool, part of the Open Source Physics project, designed for the creation of discrete computer simulations.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
In creating a simulation with the help of EJSS, the user does not program the simulation at the level of writing code, instead the user is working at a higher conceptual level, declaring and organizing the equations and other mathematical expressions that operate the simulation. EJSS handles the technical aspects of coding the simulation in the Java programming language, thus freeing the user to concentrate on the simulation&amp;#039;s content.&lt;br /&gt;
==Educational application and relevance==&lt;br /&gt;
EJS is a software tool created to help science teachers and students with little or no programming background easily visualize scientific phenomena. Although the freeware application caters to scientific simulations, EJS can be applied to a wide variety of concepts. Simulations that result from programming with EJS can be quite complex, often masking the ease of the process involved in their creation.&lt;br /&gt;
==Version==&lt;br /&gt;
Current version  EjsS_5.2_160712&lt;br /&gt;
==Configuration==&lt;br /&gt;
==Overview of Features==&lt;br /&gt;
EJS is a powerful tool that you may want to consider adopting for creating Java applications.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
EJS can produce attractive simulations that allow user interaction.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
EJS can produce quality simulations much more quickly than starting from scratch.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Other similar applications==&lt;br /&gt;
not applicable&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Development and community help==&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.um.es/fem/EjsWiki/index.php/Main/WhatIsEJS Official Website]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Working with the application=&lt;br /&gt;
==Functionalities==&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:Easy_Java_Simulation_1_EXAMPLE.jpg|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:Easy_Java_Simulation_2_Model_Variables.jpg|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 1- The image  is a screenshot of an EJS simulation modeling the path of a ball confined to move between two walls that form a wedge shape.&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 2- we will create a simple visualization of the two populations versus time using EJS. After launching, we move to the Model portion of the interface. This is where we enter the variables for our simulation. Follow the directions and click to create a new page of variables. After giving the page a name, you add the variables described in the model. Variables are added by directly editing the variable table that was just created.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:Easy_Java_Simulation_3_Evolution.jpg|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:Easy_Java_Simulation_4_Plotting_Frame.jpg|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 3- The next step in creating our simulation is to describe how the model changes over time. Since we are using a differential equation model you need to move to the Evolution portion and create a page of ODEs. After naming the page, indicate the independent variable, t, and then enter the differential equations for the model. The equations can be inserted by double-clicking the table cells. &lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 4- Having defined the model, we move to the visualization. Our goal is to see how the predator and prey populations vary with time. Thus, we want to create a plot of x and y versus t. So, we add a plot to our visualization window. You accomplish this by clicking the PlottingFrame element highlighted below and then clicking Simulation View in the Tree of Elements.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:Easy_Java_Simulation_5_View.jpg|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:Easy_Java_Simulation_6_Finished_Example.jpg|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 5- we indicate what variables the plot will graph. By double clicking plot within the Tree of Elements, a new window pops up. Fill the Input X and Input Y fields with t and x respectively. To help differentiate the two populations, edit the Line Color parameter to be BLUE. Next we add a plot of the predator versus time by right-clicking the plot just edited and selecting Copy from the popup menu. Then right-click the plottingPanel element and select Paste. Edit the plot2 element so that Input Y is y. &lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 6- In those short steps, a complete simulations is ready for use. Indeed, it is easy to visualize such a model with EJS. To see your resulting work, click the green triangle on the right side of the main window to launch and see the application.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==File formats for creation==&lt;br /&gt;
EJSS has its own format for storing the simulations, which is based on XML, EJS and EJSS and carries the extension .xml, .ejs and .ejss. It contains not only the code for the simulation, but also the rest of the things, like the html introduction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Saving the file==&lt;br /&gt;
based on XML, EJS and EJSS and carries the extension .xml, .ejs and .ejss.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Export and publishing files==&lt;br /&gt;
EjsS creates four subdirectories:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
• config is the directory for user-defined configuration and options files.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
• export is the proposed target directory when EjsS generates files for distribution.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
• output is the directory used by EjsS to place temporary files generated when compiling a simulation. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
• source is the directory under which all your simulation (source and auxiliary) files must be located.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Advanced features==&lt;br /&gt;
Develop a prototype of an application in order to test an idea or algorithm.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
	Create user interfaces without programming.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
	Create models whose structure and algorithms non-programmers can inspect and understand.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
	Encourage students or colleagues (who may be new to Java) to create their own simulations.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
	Quickly prepare simulations to be distributed as applets or as stand alone programs.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
	Create a package containing multiple programs and the associated curricular material.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Installation=&lt;br /&gt;
To install EjsS, do the following:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1. Install the Java Runtime Environment. EjsS requires the JavaRuntime Environment (JRE), version 1.7 or later. The JRE may already be installed in your computer, but, if not, visit the Java site.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2. Copy the EjsS distribution file to your computer. EjsS is distributed in a compressed ZIP file that can be downloaded from EjsS web site.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
3. Uncompress EjsS. Uncompress the EjsS distribution file on your computer’s hard disk to create a directory called EJS X.x&lt;br /&gt;
And that’s it! This is all that is needed to install EjsS.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=The application on mobiles and tablets=&lt;br /&gt;
Currently there are no mobile and tablet applications for Easy Java Simulations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Ideas for resource creation=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=References=&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.maa.org/sites/default/files/images/upload_library/55/chartier/EJSReview/EJSReview2.html#introduction EJS REVIEW]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Easy_Java_Simulations WIKIPEDIA]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.um.es/fem/EjsWiki/uploads/Download/EjsS_Manual.pdf  EJS MANUAL]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Explore an application]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Venkatesh</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Learn_Dictionaries&amp;diff=6162</id>
		<title>Learn Dictionaries</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Learn_Dictionaries&amp;diff=6162"/>
		<updated>2017-03-17T04:40:03Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Venkatesh: /* Configuration */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Template:Book-sidebar}}&lt;br /&gt;
=Introduction=&lt;br /&gt;
In Ubuntu 14.04 version currently we are using Aard Dictionry. Its very useful to use for language translations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
for Ubuntu 16.04 latest version presently Aard dictionary is not supporting, so here we can use Gold dictionary instead of it. It also has same features like Aard dictionary. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This handout will briefly explain about Aard dictionary. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==ICT Competency== &lt;br /&gt;
Aard Dictionary is a free, fast, easy to use word lookup program. that looks up words fast even with huge dictionaries like English Wikipedia. looks up words in multiple dictionaries in multiple languages without switching &lt;br /&gt;
-is keyboard navigation friendly&lt;br /&gt;
-has efficient, highly compressed dictionary data storage format with ability to verify data integrity built-in.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Educational application and relevance==&lt;br /&gt;
look up the meaning of an English word you see or hear.&lt;br /&gt;
find the English translation of a word in your language.&lt;br /&gt;
check the spelling of a word.&lt;br /&gt;
check the plural of a noun or past tense of a verb&lt;br /&gt;
find out other grammatical information about a word.&lt;br /&gt;
==Version==&lt;br /&gt;
Aard Offline Dictionary 0.9.3&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Configuration==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This tool has no specific configuration requirements. We need to add required  language dictionaries. You can download dictionaries from the developer&amp;#039;s website, in case you didn&amp;#039;t have any stored on your computer.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Please visit https://github.com/itkach/slob/wiki/Dictionaries and click on required language dictionaries and then click download. It will download to your computer and will store in &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Download&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; folder.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Overview of Features==&lt;br /&gt;
It has lots of features that allow you to search Wikipedia articles even if you&amp;#039;re offline. You can also look up words in multiple dictionaries in multiple languages without switching. &lt;br /&gt;
All in all, Aard Dictionary is a very useful application that you can use in order to search for words in dictionaries and browse through articles on Wikipedia when you&amp;#039;re offline.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Other similar applications==&lt;br /&gt;
There are many Online and offline dictionaries available for desktops and  also for android versions.&lt;br /&gt;
#GoldenDict&lt;br /&gt;
#Kiwix&lt;br /&gt;
#WordWeb &lt;br /&gt;
#Gnome Dictionary &lt;br /&gt;
==Development and community help==&lt;br /&gt;
[http://aarddict.org/ Official Website]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Working with the application=&lt;br /&gt;
==Functionalities==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;&amp;quot; |[[File:Aard_Dictionaries_1_Main_Window.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;&amp;quot; |[[File:to_add_Dictionaries.png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;&amp;quot; |Step 1- To open Aard Dictionary, follow the steps :&lt;br /&gt;
Application – Accessories – Aard Dictionary.&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;&amp;quot; |Step 2- To add dictionaries&lt;br /&gt;
In menu bar click on Dictionaries &amp;gt; Add Dictionaries, then select your downloaded language dictionaries from Download folder.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;&amp;quot; |[[File:Aard_Dictionaries_2_Showing_Meaning_of_the_Word.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;&amp;quot; |Step 2- To use Aard dictionaries&lt;br /&gt;
Under Lookup option please type your word. Then we can see the translated version, Nouns and Verbs for given word.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==File formats for creation==&lt;br /&gt;
Not Applicable&lt;br /&gt;
==Saving the file==&lt;br /&gt;
Not Applicable&lt;br /&gt;
==Export and publishing files==&lt;br /&gt;
Not Applicable&lt;br /&gt;
==Advanced features==&lt;br /&gt;
Not Applicable&lt;br /&gt;
=Installation=&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Method of installation !! Steps&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| From Ubuntu software Centre || Application- Ubuntu-Software Centre, Here search for   “Aard Dictionaty”  and then click on Install.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| From Terminal || Open Terminal by Ctrl+Alt+T, then type following command there- &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
 sudo dpkg -i aarddict_0.9.3-1_all.deb&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| From the web || Please go through this link to download aard dictionaries from website - http://aarddict.org/1/ &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Web based registration || Not Applicable&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;To Add Dictionaries&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
Then we need to add dictionaries- to download different language dictionaries – steps are as follows :&lt;br /&gt;
visit - https://github.com/yogiks/offline-indic-wiktionaries/wiki/Dictionaries#wiktionary  link and click required languages dictionaries. It will get download to your computer. And then in Aard Dictionaries window top panel, click on add Dictionaries. Select your downloaded file and add your dictionaries.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=The application on mobiles and tablets=&lt;br /&gt;
Aard application on Fdroid - https://f-droid.org/repo/aarddict.android_26.apk&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Aard2 application on Github - https://github.com/itkach/aard2-android/releases/download/0.35/aard2-android-0.35.apk&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Ideas for resource creation=&lt;br /&gt;
Not applicable&lt;br /&gt;
=References=&lt;br /&gt;
http://aarddict.org/&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Explore an application]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Venkatesh</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Learn_Dictionaries&amp;diff=6161</id>
		<title>Learn Dictionaries</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Learn_Dictionaries&amp;diff=6161"/>
		<updated>2017-03-17T04:39:25Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Venkatesh: /* Development and community help */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Template:Book-sidebar}}&lt;br /&gt;
=Introduction=&lt;br /&gt;
In Ubuntu 14.04 version currently we are using Aard Dictionry. Its very useful to use for language translations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
for Ubuntu 16.04 latest version presently Aard dictionary is not supporting, so here we can use Gold dictionary instead of it. It also has same features like Aard dictionary. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This handout will briefly explain about Aard dictionary. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==ICT Competency== &lt;br /&gt;
Aard Dictionary is a free, fast, easy to use word lookup program. that looks up words fast even with huge dictionaries like English Wikipedia. looks up words in multiple dictionaries in multiple languages without switching &lt;br /&gt;
-is keyboard navigation friendly&lt;br /&gt;
-has efficient, highly compressed dictionary data storage format with ability to verify data integrity built-in.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Educational application and relevance==&lt;br /&gt;
look up the meaning of an English word you see or hear.&lt;br /&gt;
find the English translation of a word in your language.&lt;br /&gt;
check the spelling of a word.&lt;br /&gt;
check the plural of a noun or past tense of a verb&lt;br /&gt;
find out other grammatical information about a word.&lt;br /&gt;
==Version==&lt;br /&gt;
Aard Offline Dictionary 0.9.3&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Configuration==&lt;br /&gt;
In Ubuntu 14.04 version &lt;br /&gt;
This tool has no specific configuration requirements. We need to add required  language dictionaries. You can download dictionaries from the developer&amp;#039;s website, in case you didn&amp;#039;t have any stored on your computer.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Please visit https://github.com/itkach/slob/wiki/Dictionaries and click on required language dictionaries and then click download. It will download to your computer and will store in &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Download&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; folder.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Overview of Features==&lt;br /&gt;
It has lots of features that allow you to search Wikipedia articles even if you&amp;#039;re offline. You can also look up words in multiple dictionaries in multiple languages without switching. &lt;br /&gt;
All in all, Aard Dictionary is a very useful application that you can use in order to search for words in dictionaries and browse through articles on Wikipedia when you&amp;#039;re offline.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Other similar applications==&lt;br /&gt;
There are many Online and offline dictionaries available for desktops and  also for android versions.&lt;br /&gt;
#GoldenDict&lt;br /&gt;
#Kiwix&lt;br /&gt;
#WordWeb &lt;br /&gt;
#Gnome Dictionary &lt;br /&gt;
==Development and community help==&lt;br /&gt;
[http://aarddict.org/ Official Website]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Working with the application=&lt;br /&gt;
==Functionalities==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;&amp;quot; |[[File:Aard_Dictionaries_1_Main_Window.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;&amp;quot; |[[File:to_add_Dictionaries.png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;&amp;quot; |Step 1- To open Aard Dictionary, follow the steps :&lt;br /&gt;
Application – Accessories – Aard Dictionary.&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;&amp;quot; |Step 2- To add dictionaries&lt;br /&gt;
In menu bar click on Dictionaries &amp;gt; Add Dictionaries, then select your downloaded language dictionaries from Download folder.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;&amp;quot; |[[File:Aard_Dictionaries_2_Showing_Meaning_of_the_Word.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;&amp;quot; |Step 2- To use Aard dictionaries&lt;br /&gt;
Under Lookup option please type your word. Then we can see the translated version, Nouns and Verbs for given word.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==File formats for creation==&lt;br /&gt;
Not Applicable&lt;br /&gt;
==Saving the file==&lt;br /&gt;
Not Applicable&lt;br /&gt;
==Export and publishing files==&lt;br /&gt;
Not Applicable&lt;br /&gt;
==Advanced features==&lt;br /&gt;
Not Applicable&lt;br /&gt;
=Installation=&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Method of installation !! Steps&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| From Ubuntu software Centre || Application- Ubuntu-Software Centre, Here search for   “Aard Dictionaty”  and then click on Install.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| From Terminal || Open Terminal by Ctrl+Alt+T, then type following command there- &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
 sudo dpkg -i aarddict_0.9.3-1_all.deb&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| From the web || Please go through this link to download aard dictionaries from website - http://aarddict.org/1/ &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Web based registration || Not Applicable&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;To Add Dictionaries&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
Then we need to add dictionaries- to download different language dictionaries – steps are as follows :&lt;br /&gt;
visit - https://github.com/yogiks/offline-indic-wiktionaries/wiki/Dictionaries#wiktionary  link and click required languages dictionaries. It will get download to your computer. And then in Aard Dictionaries window top panel, click on add Dictionaries. Select your downloaded file and add your dictionaries.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=The application on mobiles and tablets=&lt;br /&gt;
Aard application on Fdroid - https://f-droid.org/repo/aarddict.android_26.apk&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Aard2 application on Github - https://github.com/itkach/aard2-android/releases/download/0.35/aard2-android-0.35.apk&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Ideas for resource creation=&lt;br /&gt;
Not applicable&lt;br /&gt;
=References=&lt;br /&gt;
http://aarddict.org/&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Explore an application]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Venkatesh</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Learn_KGeography&amp;diff=6160</id>
		<title>Learn KGeography</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Learn_KGeography&amp;diff=6160"/>
		<updated>2017-03-17T04:26:36Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Venkatesh: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Template:Book-sidebar}}&lt;br /&gt;
=Introduction=&lt;br /&gt;
KGeography is a Free and open source educational software game that tests students geographical knowledge.&lt;br /&gt;
==ICT Competency==&lt;br /&gt;
Subject-wise resource creation tools.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Educational application and relevance==&lt;br /&gt;
Atlas is an essential resource for a Geography teacher. An atlas is required to learn political geography as well as physical geography. K Geography is a digital atlas that provides maps of continents, countries and states (political geography). Simple quizzes are available in K Geography to test understanding / memory of different regions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Version==&lt;br /&gt;
K Geography Version 0.8.2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Configuration==&lt;br /&gt;
This tool has no specific configuration requirements. It is available as a part of Ubuntu custom distribution. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Overview of Features==&lt;br /&gt;
#K Geography is an virtual atlas, it has many digital maps of different political regions in the Earth, such as continents, countries, states.&lt;br /&gt;
#Another feature of KGeography is the possibility of zoom on a map. You can click the Zoom button and then draw a rectangle to zoom in a part of the map. While in zoom mode, you can press right mouse button to go back to the original map size (the Original Size action has the same effect). Use the scroll bars, the arrow keys or the mouse wheel to move around the zoomed map or use the Move action that will allow you to drag the map using left mouse button. The Automatic Zoom feature will make the map as big as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
==Other similar applications==&lt;br /&gt;
#Other free digital atlas applications include Marble (physical geograpy_&lt;br /&gt;
#Non free digital atlas includes https://www.google.com/earth  (Google), Bhuvan http://bhuvan.nrsc.gov.in/bhuvan_links.php (ISRO).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Development and community help==&lt;br /&gt;
# User manual for K Geography is available on https://docs.kde.org/stable5/en/kdeedu/kgeography/index.html &lt;br /&gt;
# User Based Support - 	[http://userbase.kde.org/KGeography&lt;br /&gt;
#[https://edu.kde.org/kgeography/ Official Website]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Working with the application=&lt;br /&gt;
==Functionalities==&lt;br /&gt;
K Geography is part of the Ubuntu distribution. This can be opened from Applications  → Education  → K Geography.  &lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;&amp;quot; |[[File:KGeography-Africa_Map.png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;&amp;quot; |[[File:KGeography 1 Map of undivided Andhra Pradesh.png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;&amp;quot; |Step 1 - When you open KGeography, you will see the last map that was opened. The map above is the map of Africa continent. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;&amp;quot; |Step 2 - To explore places, Click on &amp;quot;Open Map&amp;quot;. Here Here we choose Andhra Pradesh. You can filter the map list using Filter Maps text field. Just enter a few first letters of the map name to narrow down the list to a few matches. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;You will see an old / obsolete map of undivided Andhra Pradesh. (Since K Geography is a free software, the partition of Andhra Pradesh, as well as the creation of new districts in Telangana can be submitted by anybody and the software community managing this application will make the change, following a due process.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;&amp;quot; |[[File:option kegeography.png|450px]] &lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;&amp;quot; |[[File:Quiz Questions in Kgeography.png|450px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;&amp;quot; |Step 3 - You can then choose what type of learning or testing you want to do by looking at the menu on the left.&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;&amp;quot; |Step 4 - K Geography has a set of quiz questions, to test your knowledge of places. In the image, the ‘Place district in the map’ quiz is chosen. You need to place the district map within the state map. you will first asked how many questions you want. Then you will asked to click on a specific districts. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;&amp;quot; |[[File:KGeography 2 Placing districts on the map.png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;&amp;quot; |[[File:Correct Answer in Kgeography.png|450px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;&amp;quot; |Step 5 -The cursor takes the shape of a districts and you have to place it in the map. Then you will asked to click on a specific districts. The cursor takes the shape of a districts and you have to place it in the map. &lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;&amp;quot; |Step 6 - The results will display when the test is finished. You an see your correct and wrong answers. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==File formats for creation==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Saving the file==&lt;br /&gt;
K Geography does not have its own file format, which you can create, edit and save. However you can create image files of the maps you are working on, by using the screenshot application.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Export and publishing files==&lt;br /&gt;
You can create an image file from K Geography through the using the screen shot application.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Advanced features==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Installation=&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Method of installation !! Steps&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| From Ubuntu software Centre || Steps&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| From Terminal || Steps&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| From the web || Steps&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Web based registration || Steps&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
=The application on mobiles and tablets=&lt;br /&gt;
K Geography is not available on mobiles and tablets. There are apps available for Android, for physical and political geography of the Earth&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Ideas for resource creation=&lt;br /&gt;
You can use the quiz’s in K Geography.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=References=&lt;br /&gt;
[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/KGeography Wikipedia]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Explore an application]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Geography]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Venkatesh</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Learn_KGeography&amp;diff=6159</id>
		<title>Learn KGeography</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Learn_KGeography&amp;diff=6159"/>
		<updated>2017-03-17T04:21:35Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Venkatesh: /* Functionalities */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Template:Book-sidebar}}&lt;br /&gt;
=Introduction=&lt;br /&gt;
KGeography is a Free and open source educational software game that tests students geographical knowledge.&lt;br /&gt;
==ICT Competency==&lt;br /&gt;
Subject-wise resource creation tools.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Educational application and relevance==&lt;br /&gt;
Atlas is an essential resource for a Geography teacher. An atlas is required to learn political geography as well as physical geography. K Geography is a digital atlas that provides maps of continents, countries and states (political geography). Simple quizzes are available in K Geography to test understanding / memory of different regions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Version==&lt;br /&gt;
K Geography Version 0.8.2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Configuration==&lt;br /&gt;
This tool has no specific configuration requirements. It is available as a part of Ubuntu custom distribution. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Overview of Features==&lt;br /&gt;
#K Geography is an virtual atlas, it has many digital maps of different political regions in the Earth, such as continents, countries, states.&lt;br /&gt;
#Another feature of KGeography is the possibility of zoom on a map. You can click the Zoom button and then draw a rectangle to zoom in a part of the map. While in zoom mode, you can press right mouse button to go back to the original map size (the Original Size action has the same effect). Use the scroll bars, the arrow keys or the mouse wheel to move around the zoomed map or use the Move action that will allow you to drag the map using left mouse button. The Automatic Zoom feature will make the map as big as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
==Other similar applications==&lt;br /&gt;
#Other free digital atlas applications include Marble (physical geograpy_&lt;br /&gt;
#Non free digital atlas includes https://www.google.com/earth  (Google), Bhuvan http://bhuvan.nrsc.gov.in/bhuvan_links.php (ISRO).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Development and community help==&lt;br /&gt;
# User manual for K Geography is available on https://docs.kde.org/stable5/en/kdeedu/kgeography/index.html &lt;br /&gt;
# Community forum could not be located&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Working with the application=&lt;br /&gt;
==Functionalities==&lt;br /&gt;
K Geography is part of the Ubuntu distribution. This can be opened from Applications  → Education  → K Geography.  &lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;&amp;quot; |[[File:KGeography-Africa_Map.png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;&amp;quot; |[[File:KGeography 1 Map of undivided Andhra Pradesh.png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;&amp;quot; |Step 1 - When you open KGeography, you will see the last map that was opened. The map above is the map of Africa continent. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;&amp;quot; |Step 2 - To explore places, Click on &amp;quot;Open Map&amp;quot;. Here Here we choose Andhra Pradesh. You can filter the map list using Filter Maps text field. Just enter a few first letters of the map name to narrow down the list to a few matches. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;You will see an old / obsolete map of undivided Andhra Pradesh. (Since K Geography is a free software, the partition of Andhra Pradesh, as well as the creation of new districts in Telangana can be submitted by anybody and the software community managing this application will make the change, following a due process.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;&amp;quot; |[[File:option kegeography.png|450px]] &lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;&amp;quot; |[[File:Quiz Questions in Kgeography.png|450px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;&amp;quot; |Step 3 - You can then choose what type of learning or testing you want to do by looking at the menu on the left.&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;&amp;quot; |Step 4 - K Geography has a set of quiz questions, to test your knowledge of places. In the image, the ‘Place district in the map’ quiz is chosen. You need to place the district map within the state map. you will first asked how many questions you want. Then you will asked to click on a specific districts. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;&amp;quot; |[[File:KGeography 2 Placing districts on the map.png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;&amp;quot; |[[File:Correct Answer in Kgeography.png|450px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;&amp;quot; |Step 5 -The cursor takes the shape of a districts and you have to place it in the map. Then you will asked to click on a specific districts. The cursor takes the shape of a districts and you have to place it in the map. &lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;&amp;quot; |Step 6 - The results will display when the test is finished. You an see your correct and wrong answers. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==File formats for creation==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Saving the file==&lt;br /&gt;
K Geography does not have its own file format, which you can create, edit and save. However you can create image files of the maps you are working on, by using the screenshot application.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Export and publishing files==&lt;br /&gt;
You can create an image file from K Geography through the using the screen shot application.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Advanced features==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Installation=&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Method of installation !! Steps&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| From Ubuntu software Centre || Steps&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| From Terminal || Steps&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| From the web || Steps&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Web based registration || Steps&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
=The application on mobiles and tablets=&lt;br /&gt;
K Geography is not available on mobiles and tablets. There are apps available for Android, for physical and political geography of the Earth&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Ideas for resource creation=&lt;br /&gt;
You can use the quiz’s in K Geography.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=References=&lt;br /&gt;
[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/KGeography Wikipedia]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Explore an application]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Geography]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Venkatesh</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=File:Correct_Answer_in_Kgeography.png&amp;diff=6158</id>
		<title>File:Correct Answer in Kgeography.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=File:Correct_Answer_in_Kgeography.png&amp;diff=6158"/>
		<updated>2017-03-17T04:13:25Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Venkatesh: {{Information
|Description    ={{en|1=Correct answer in Kgeography}}
|Source         =Screenshot
|Author         =IT for Change &amp;amp; Kgeography Developer
|Date           =14.03.2017
|Name           =
|Alt_names           =
|Teaches           =
|Based_on_u...&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Summary ==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Information&lt;br /&gt;
|Description    ={{en|1=Correct answer in Kgeography}}&lt;br /&gt;
|Source         =Screenshot&lt;br /&gt;
|Author         =IT for Change &amp;amp; Kgeography Developer&lt;br /&gt;
|Date           =14.03.2017&lt;br /&gt;
|Name           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Alt_names           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Teaches           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Based_on_url           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Requires           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Assessment           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Time_required           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Tags_Telugu           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Tags_English           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Translation_of           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Adaptationup           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Contributorup           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Permission     =&lt;br /&gt;
|other_versions =&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Licensing ==&lt;br /&gt;
{{cc-by-sa-4.0}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Venkatesh</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=File:Quiz_Questions_in_Kgeography.png&amp;diff=6157</id>
		<title>File:Quiz Questions in Kgeography.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=File:Quiz_Questions_in_Kgeography.png&amp;diff=6157"/>
		<updated>2017-03-17T04:11:53Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Venkatesh: {{Information
|Description    ={{en|1=Quiz Questions in Kgeography}}
|Source         =Screenshot 
|Author         =IT for Change &amp;amp; Kgwography Developer
|Date           =
|Name           =
|Alt_names           =
|Teaches           =
|Based_on_url...&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Summary ==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Information&lt;br /&gt;
|Description    ={{en|1=Quiz Questions in Kgeography}}&lt;br /&gt;
|Source         =Screenshot &lt;br /&gt;
|Author         =IT for Change &amp;amp; Kgwography Developer&lt;br /&gt;
|Date           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Name           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Alt_names           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Teaches           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Based_on_url           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Requires           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Assessment           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Time_required           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Tags_Telugu           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Tags_English           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Translation_of           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Adaptationup           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Contributorup           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Permission     =&lt;br /&gt;
|other_versions =&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Licensing ==&lt;br /&gt;
{{cc-by-sa-4.0}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Venkatesh</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Learn_KGeography&amp;diff=6156</id>
		<title>Learn KGeography</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Learn_KGeography&amp;diff=6156"/>
		<updated>2017-03-17T04:10:22Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Venkatesh: /* Functionalities */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Template:Book-sidebar}}&lt;br /&gt;
=Introduction=&lt;br /&gt;
KGeography is a Free and open source educational software game that tests students geographical knowledge.&lt;br /&gt;
==ICT Competency==&lt;br /&gt;
Subject-wise resource creation tools.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Educational application and relevance==&lt;br /&gt;
Atlas is an essential resource for a Geography teacher. An atlas is required to learn political geography as well as physical geography. K Geography is a digital atlas that provides maps of continents, countries and states (political geography). Simple quizzes are available in K Geography to test understanding / memory of different regions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Version==&lt;br /&gt;
K Geography Version 0.8.2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Configuration==&lt;br /&gt;
This tool has no specific configuration requirements. It is available as a part of Ubuntu custom distribution. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Overview of Features==&lt;br /&gt;
#K Geography is an virtual atlas, it has many digital maps of different political regions in the Earth, such as continents, countries, states.&lt;br /&gt;
#Another feature of KGeography is the possibility of zoom on a map. You can click the Zoom button and then draw a rectangle to zoom in a part of the map. While in zoom mode, you can press right mouse button to go back to the original map size (the Original Size action has the same effect). Use the scroll bars, the arrow keys or the mouse wheel to move around the zoomed map or use the Move action that will allow you to drag the map using left mouse button. The Automatic Zoom feature will make the map as big as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
==Other similar applications==&lt;br /&gt;
#Other free digital atlas applications include Marble (physical geograpy_&lt;br /&gt;
#Non free digital atlas includes https://www.google.com/earth  (Google), Bhuvan http://bhuvan.nrsc.gov.in/bhuvan_links.php (ISRO).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Development and community help==&lt;br /&gt;
# User manual for K Geography is available on https://docs.kde.org/stable5/en/kdeedu/kgeography/index.html &lt;br /&gt;
# Community forum could not be located&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Working with the application=&lt;br /&gt;
==Functionalities==&lt;br /&gt;
K Geography is part of the Ubuntu distribution. This can be opened from Applications  → Education  → K Geography.  &lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;&amp;quot; |[[File:KGeography-Africa_Map.png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;&amp;quot; |[[File:KGeography 1 Map of undivided Andhra Pradesh.png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;&amp;quot; |Step 1 - When you open KGeography, you will see the last map that was opened. The map above is the map of Africa continent. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;&amp;quot; |Step 2 - To explore places, Click on &amp;quot;Open Map&amp;quot;. Here Here we choose Andhra Pradesh. You can filter the map list using Filter Maps text field. Just enter a few first letters of the map name to narrow down the list to a few matches. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;You will see an old / obsolete map of undivided Andhra Pradesh. (Since K Geography is a free software, the partition of Andhra Pradesh, as well as the creation of new districts in Telangana can be submitted by anybody and the software community managing this application will make the change, following a due process.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;&amp;quot; |[[File:option kegeography.png|450px]] &lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;&amp;quot; |[[File:Quiz Questions in Kgeography.png|450px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;&amp;quot; |Step 3 - You can then choose what type of learning or testing you want to do by looking at the menu on the left.&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;&amp;quot; |Step 4 - K Geography has a set of quiz questions, to test your knowledge of places. In the image, the ‘Place district in the map’ quiz is chosen. You need to place the district map within the state map. you will first asked how many questions you want. Then you will asked to click on a specific districts. The cursor takes the shape of a districts and you have to place it in the map. The results will display when the test is finished&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;&amp;quot; |[[File:KGeography 2 Placing districts on the map.png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;&amp;quot; |[[File:Correct Answer in Kgeography.png|450px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;&amp;quot; |Step 5 - Then you will asked to click on a specific districts. The cursor takes the shape of a districts and you have to place it in the map. &lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;&amp;quot; |Step 6 - The results will display when the test is finished. You an see your correct and wrong answers. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==File formats for creation==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Saving the file==&lt;br /&gt;
K Geography does not have its own file format, which you can create, edit and save. However you can create image files of the maps you are working on, by using the screenshot application.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Export and publishing files==&lt;br /&gt;
You can create an image file from K Geography through the using the screen shot application.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Advanced features==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Installation=&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Method of installation !! Steps&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| From Ubuntu software Centre || Steps&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| From Terminal || Steps&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| From the web || Steps&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Web based registration || Steps&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
=The application on mobiles and tablets=&lt;br /&gt;
K Geography is not available on mobiles and tablets. There are apps available for Android, for physical and political geography of the Earth&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Ideas for resource creation=&lt;br /&gt;
You can use the quiz’s in K Geography.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=References=&lt;br /&gt;
[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/KGeography Wikipedia]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Explore an application]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Geography]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Venkatesh</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Learn_KGeography&amp;diff=6155</id>
		<title>Learn KGeography</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Learn_KGeography&amp;diff=6155"/>
		<updated>2017-03-17T03:31:56Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Venkatesh: /* Introduction */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Template:Book-sidebar}}&lt;br /&gt;
=Introduction=&lt;br /&gt;
KGeography is a Free and open source educational software game that tests students geographical knowledge.&lt;br /&gt;
==ICT Competency==&lt;br /&gt;
Subject-wise resource creation tools.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Educational application and relevance==&lt;br /&gt;
Atlas is an essential resource for a Geography teacher. An atlas is required to learn political geography as well as physical geography. K Geography is a digital atlas that provides maps of continents, countries and states (political geography). Simple quizzes are available in K Geography to test understanding / memory of different regions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Version==&lt;br /&gt;
K Geography Version 0.8.2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Configuration==&lt;br /&gt;
This tool has no specific configuration requirements. It is available as a part of Ubuntu custom distribution. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Overview of Features==&lt;br /&gt;
#K Geography is an virtual atlas, it has many digital maps of different political regions in the Earth, such as continents, countries, states.&lt;br /&gt;
#Another feature of KGeography is the possibility of zoom on a map. You can click the Zoom button and then draw a rectangle to zoom in a part of the map. While in zoom mode, you can press right mouse button to go back to the original map size (the Original Size action has the same effect). Use the scroll bars, the arrow keys or the mouse wheel to move around the zoomed map or use the Move action that will allow you to drag the map using left mouse button. The Automatic Zoom feature will make the map as big as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
==Other similar applications==&lt;br /&gt;
#Other free digital atlas applications include Marble (physical geograpy_&lt;br /&gt;
#Non free digital atlas includes https://www.google.com/earth  (Google), Bhuvan http://bhuvan.nrsc.gov.in/bhuvan_links.php (ISRO).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Development and community help==&lt;br /&gt;
# User manual for K Geography is available on https://docs.kde.org/stable5/en/kdeedu/kgeography/index.html &lt;br /&gt;
# Community forum could not be located&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Working with the application=&lt;br /&gt;
==Functionalities==&lt;br /&gt;
K Geography is part of the Ubuntu distribution. This can be opened from Applications  → Education  → K Geography.  &lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;&amp;quot; |[[File:KGeography-Africa_Map.png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;&amp;quot; |[[File:KGeography 1 Map of undivided Andhra Pradesh.png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;&amp;quot; |Step 1 - When you open KGeography, you will see the last map that was opened. The map above is the map of Africa continent. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;&amp;quot; |Step 2 - To explore places, Click on &amp;quot;Open Map&amp;quot;. Here Here we choose Andhra Pradesh. You can filter the map list using Filter Maps text field. Just enter a few first letters of the map name to narrow down the list to a few matches. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;You will see an old / obsolete map of undivided Andhra Pradesh. (Since K Geography is a free software, the partition of Andhra Pradesh, as well as the creation of new districts in Telangana can be submitted by anybody and the software community managing this application will make the change, following a due process.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;&amp;quot; |[[File:option kegeography.png|450px]] &lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;&amp;quot; |[[File:KGeography 2 Placing districts on the map.png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;&amp;quot; |Step 1 - You can then choose what type of learning or testing you want to do by looking at the menu on the left.&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;&amp;quot; |Step 2 - K Geography has a set of quiz questions, to test your knowledge of places. In the image, the ‘Place district in the map’ quiz is chosen. You need to place the district map within the state map. you will first asked how many questions you want. Then you will asked to click on a specific districts. The cursor takes the shape of a districts and you have to place it in the map. The results will display when the test is finished&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==File formats for creation==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Saving the file==&lt;br /&gt;
K Geography does not have its own file format, which you can create, edit and save. However you can create image files of the maps you are working on, by using the screenshot application.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Export and publishing files==&lt;br /&gt;
You can create an image file from K Geography through the using the screen shot application.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Advanced features==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Installation=&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Method of installation !! Steps&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| From Ubuntu software Centre || Steps&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| From Terminal || Steps&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| From the web || Steps&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Web based registration || Steps&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
=The application on mobiles and tablets=&lt;br /&gt;
K Geography is not available on mobiles and tablets. There are apps available for Android, for physical and political geography of the Earth&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Ideas for resource creation=&lt;br /&gt;
You can use the quiz’s in K Geography.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=References=&lt;br /&gt;
[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/KGeography Wikipedia]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Explore an application]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Geography]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Venkatesh</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Learn_Marble&amp;diff=6154</id>
		<title>Learn Marble</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Learn_Marble&amp;diff=6154"/>
		<updated>2017-03-16T09:30:33Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Venkatesh: /* Other similar applications */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Template:Book-sidebar}}&lt;br /&gt;
=Introduction=&lt;br /&gt;
Marble, the desktop globe, is a virtual globe and world atlas, which can be utilized to learn more about the Earth. With the ability to pan and zoom, click on a label to open a corresponding Wikipedia article, and view the globe and maps with various projections, Marble is a welcome addition to Edubuntu’s educational packages&lt;br /&gt;
==ICT Competency==&lt;br /&gt;
Subject (Geography) resource creation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Educational application and relevance==&lt;br /&gt;
Atlas is an essential resource for a Geography teacher. An atlas is required to learn political geography as well as physical geography. Marble is a digital atlas. It can be used to understand and analyse map information of the Earth. Lessons can be created using different maps from Marble to understand certain concepts in geography.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Version==&lt;br /&gt;
Version 1.12.20 (1.13 development version))&lt;br /&gt;
(Marble is also available on the Windows and Macintosh operating systems)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Configuration==&lt;br /&gt;
This tool has no specific configuration requirements. It is available as a part of Ubuntu custom distribution.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Overview of Features==&lt;br /&gt;
Marble is an virtual atlas, it has many digital maps of the Earth. These maps provide information about physical geography of the Earth, including topography, rainfall, climate etc. It also has ‘historical’ maps which give the information about the Earth at various points in time in the past, relating to political regimes at that time&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Other similar applications==&lt;br /&gt;
#Google Earth&lt;br /&gt;
#Flash Earth&lt;br /&gt;
#Map line&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Development and community help==&lt;br /&gt;
# User manual for Marble is available on http://docs.kde.org/development/en/kdeedu/marble  and https://docs.kde.org/trunk5/en/kdeedu/marble/index.html &lt;br /&gt;
# Community support is available on https://marble.kde.org/support.php&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Working with the application=&lt;br /&gt;
==Functionalities==&lt;br /&gt;
Marble is part of the Ubuntu distribution. This can be opened from Applications  → Education  → Marble.  &lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:Marble 1 Digital Atlas.png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:Projection.png|250px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 1 - Once Marble is open you will see a window like this. On left side of your desktop you can see &amp;quot;Map View&amp;quot;. &lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 2 -Under Map View you should select &amp;quot;projection&amp;quot; type. Here you will see different projection types. You can choose needed. After this, Below the projection type, there will be option called &amp;quot; Celestial Body, Under this you have to choose &amp;quot; Moon or Earth view.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:Different maps.png|250px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:Marble 2 Opening Temperature map.png|350px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 3- On the left side you will see many maps one below the other. Selecting any of them, will open it fully on the right side.&lt;br /&gt;
You can use your mouse to move the Earth in all ways – top to bottom and bottom to top, right to left and left to right. You can click on the map at any place to expand it – this is ‘drilling down’ the map. You can also use the scale bar at the right to increase/reduce the map size and change its orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 4 - For Example : Open the “Temperature July” map. &lt;br /&gt;
You can study the temperature patterns across the Earth during July on this map. Colour conventions have been used to suggest the temperature during this month. Open each of the maps available in the application.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==File formats for creation==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Saving the file==&lt;br /&gt;
Marble does not have its own file format, which you can create, edit and save. However you can export images of the maps you are working on. See ‘export and publishing files’ section&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Export and publishing files==&lt;br /&gt;
You can create an image file from Marble through the File – Export option.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Advanced features==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Installation=&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Method of installation !! Steps&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| From Ubuntu software Centre ||  Application - Ubuntu Software Centre - search box select and type Marble- and click on Install.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| From Terminal || Steps&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| From the web || Steps&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Web based registration || Steps&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
=The application on mobiles and tablets=&lt;br /&gt;
Marble is not available on mobiles and tablets. There are apps for Android, for physical and political geography of the Earth&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Ideas for resource creation=&lt;br /&gt;
You can create information for analysing in select topics in Geography. Students can explore the maps for different topics such as &lt;br /&gt;
#Rainfall patterns in July and December in India (corresponding to South west and North East monsoons), rain shadow regions, and explore causes for different rainfall patterns.&lt;br /&gt;
#Latitudes and longitudes, the role of each and differences between the two.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=References=&lt;br /&gt;
[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Marble Wikipedia]&lt;br /&gt;
[https://docs.kde.org/stable5/en/kdeedu/marble/ Marble Handout]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Explore an application]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Venkatesh</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Learn_Marble&amp;diff=6153</id>
		<title>Learn Marble</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Learn_Marble&amp;diff=6153"/>
		<updated>2017-03-16T07:52:17Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Venkatesh: /* Version */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Template:Book-sidebar}}&lt;br /&gt;
=Introduction=&lt;br /&gt;
Marble, the desktop globe, is a virtual globe and world atlas, which can be utilized to learn more about the Earth. With the ability to pan and zoom, click on a label to open a corresponding Wikipedia article, and view the globe and maps with various projections, Marble is a welcome addition to Edubuntu’s educational packages&lt;br /&gt;
==ICT Competency==&lt;br /&gt;
Subject (Geography) resource creation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Educational application and relevance==&lt;br /&gt;
Atlas is an essential resource for a Geography teacher. An atlas is required to learn political geography as well as physical geography. Marble is a digital atlas. It can be used to understand and analyse map information of the Earth. Lessons can be created using different maps from Marble to understand certain concepts in geography.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Version==&lt;br /&gt;
Version 1.12.20 (1.13 development version))&lt;br /&gt;
(Marble is also available on the Windows and Macintosh operating systems)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Configuration==&lt;br /&gt;
This tool has no specific configuration requirements. It is available as a part of Ubuntu custom distribution.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Overview of Features==&lt;br /&gt;
Marble is an virtual atlas, it has many digital maps of the Earth. These maps provide information about physical geography of the Earth, including topography, rainfall, climate etc. It also has ‘historical’ maps which give the information about the Earth at various points in time in the past, relating to political regimes at that time&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Other similar applications==&lt;br /&gt;
#Other free digital atlas applications include K Geography&lt;br /&gt;
#Non free digital atlas includes https://www.google.com/earth  (Google), Bhuvan http://bhuvan.nrsc.gov.in/bhuvan_links.php (ISRO).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Development and community help==&lt;br /&gt;
# User manual for Marble is available on http://docs.kde.org/development/en/kdeedu/marble  and https://docs.kde.org/trunk5/en/kdeedu/marble/index.html &lt;br /&gt;
# Community support is available on https://marble.kde.org/support.php&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Working with the application=&lt;br /&gt;
==Functionalities==&lt;br /&gt;
Marble is part of the Ubuntu distribution. This can be opened from Applications  → Education  → Marble.  &lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:Marble 1 Digital Atlas.png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:Projection.png|250px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 1 - Once Marble is open you will see a window like this. On left side of your desktop you can see &amp;quot;Map View&amp;quot;. &lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 2 -Under Map View you should select &amp;quot;projection&amp;quot; type. Here you will see different projection types. You can choose needed. After this, Below the projection type, there will be option called &amp;quot; Celestial Body, Under this you have to choose &amp;quot; Moon or Earth view.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:Different maps.png|250px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:Marble 2 Opening Temperature map.png|350px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 3- On the left side you will see many maps one below the other. Selecting any of them, will open it fully on the right side.&lt;br /&gt;
You can use your mouse to move the Earth in all ways – top to bottom and bottom to top, right to left and left to right. You can click on the map at any place to expand it – this is ‘drilling down’ the map. You can also use the scale bar at the right to increase/reduce the map size and change its orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 4 - For Example : Open the “Temperature July” map. &lt;br /&gt;
You can study the temperature patterns across the Earth during July on this map. Colour conventions have been used to suggest the temperature during this month. Open each of the maps available in the application.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==File formats for creation==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Saving the file==&lt;br /&gt;
Marble does not have its own file format, which you can create, edit and save. However you can export images of the maps you are working on. See ‘export and publishing files’ section&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Export and publishing files==&lt;br /&gt;
You can create an image file from Marble through the File – Export option.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Advanced features==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Installation=&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Method of installation !! Steps&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| From Ubuntu software Centre ||  Application - Ubuntu Software Centre - search box select and type Marble- and click on Install.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| From Terminal || Steps&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| From the web || Steps&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Web based registration || Steps&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
=The application on mobiles and tablets=&lt;br /&gt;
Marble is not available on mobiles and tablets. There are apps for Android, for physical and political geography of the Earth&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Ideas for resource creation=&lt;br /&gt;
You can create information for analysing in select topics in Geography. Students can explore the maps for different topics such as &lt;br /&gt;
#Rainfall patterns in July and December in India (corresponding to South west and North East monsoons), rain shadow regions, and explore causes for different rainfall patterns.&lt;br /&gt;
#Latitudes and longitudes, the role of each and differences between the two.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=References=&lt;br /&gt;
[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Marble Wikipedia]&lt;br /&gt;
[https://docs.kde.org/stable5/en/kdeedu/marble/ Marble Handout]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Explore an application]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Venkatesh</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Learn_Marble&amp;diff=6152</id>
		<title>Learn Marble</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Learn_Marble&amp;diff=6152"/>
		<updated>2017-03-16T07:50:51Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Venkatesh: /* References */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Template:Book-sidebar}}&lt;br /&gt;
=Introduction=&lt;br /&gt;
Marble, the desktop globe, is a virtual globe and world atlas, which can be utilized to learn more about the Earth. With the ability to pan and zoom, click on a label to open a corresponding Wikipedia article, and view the globe and maps with various projections, Marble is a welcome addition to Edubuntu’s educational packages&lt;br /&gt;
==ICT Competency==&lt;br /&gt;
Subject (Geography) resource creation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Educational application and relevance==&lt;br /&gt;
Atlas is an essential resource for a Geography teacher. An atlas is required to learn political geography as well as physical geography. Marble is a digital atlas. It can be used to understand and analyse map information of the Earth. Lessons can be created using different maps from Marble to understand certain concepts in geography.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Version==&lt;br /&gt;
Marble Virtual Globe Version 1.8.3 (stable release)&lt;br /&gt;
(Marble is also available on the Windows and Macintosh operating systems)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Configuration==&lt;br /&gt;
This tool has no specific configuration requirements. It is available as a part of Ubuntu custom distribution.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Overview of Features==&lt;br /&gt;
Marble is an virtual atlas, it has many digital maps of the Earth. These maps provide information about physical geography of the Earth, including topography, rainfall, climate etc. It also has ‘historical’ maps which give the information about the Earth at various points in time in the past, relating to political regimes at that time&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Other similar applications==&lt;br /&gt;
#Other free digital atlas applications include K Geography&lt;br /&gt;
#Non free digital atlas includes https://www.google.com/earth  (Google), Bhuvan http://bhuvan.nrsc.gov.in/bhuvan_links.php (ISRO).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Development and community help==&lt;br /&gt;
# User manual for Marble is available on http://docs.kde.org/development/en/kdeedu/marble  and https://docs.kde.org/trunk5/en/kdeedu/marble/index.html &lt;br /&gt;
# Community support is available on https://marble.kde.org/support.php&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Working with the application=&lt;br /&gt;
==Functionalities==&lt;br /&gt;
Marble is part of the Ubuntu distribution. This can be opened from Applications  → Education  → Marble.  &lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:Marble 1 Digital Atlas.png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:Projection.png|250px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 1 - Once Marble is open you will see a window like this. On left side of your desktop you can see &amp;quot;Map View&amp;quot;. &lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 2 -Under Map View you should select &amp;quot;projection&amp;quot; type. Here you will see different projection types. You can choose needed. After this, Below the projection type, there will be option called &amp;quot; Celestial Body, Under this you have to choose &amp;quot; Moon or Earth view.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:Different maps.png|250px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:Marble 2 Opening Temperature map.png|350px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 3- On the left side you will see many maps one below the other. Selecting any of them, will open it fully on the right side.&lt;br /&gt;
You can use your mouse to move the Earth in all ways – top to bottom and bottom to top, right to left and left to right. You can click on the map at any place to expand it – this is ‘drilling down’ the map. You can also use the scale bar at the right to increase/reduce the map size and change its orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 4 - For Example : Open the “Temperature July” map. &lt;br /&gt;
You can study the temperature patterns across the Earth during July on this map. Colour conventions have been used to suggest the temperature during this month. Open each of the maps available in the application.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==File formats for creation==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Saving the file==&lt;br /&gt;
Marble does not have its own file format, which you can create, edit and save. However you can export images of the maps you are working on. See ‘export and publishing files’ section&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Export and publishing files==&lt;br /&gt;
You can create an image file from Marble through the File – Export option.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Advanced features==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Installation=&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Method of installation !! Steps&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| From Ubuntu software Centre ||  Application - Ubuntu Software Centre - search box select and type Marble- and click on Install.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| From Terminal || Steps&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| From the web || Steps&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Web based registration || Steps&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
=The application on mobiles and tablets=&lt;br /&gt;
Marble is not available on mobiles and tablets. There are apps for Android, for physical and political geography of the Earth&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Ideas for resource creation=&lt;br /&gt;
You can create information for analysing in select topics in Geography. Students can explore the maps for different topics such as &lt;br /&gt;
#Rainfall patterns in July and December in India (corresponding to South west and North East monsoons), rain shadow regions, and explore causes for different rainfall patterns.&lt;br /&gt;
#Latitudes and longitudes, the role of each and differences between the two.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=References=&lt;br /&gt;
[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Marble Wikipedia]&lt;br /&gt;
[https://docs.kde.org/stable5/en/kdeedu/marble/ Marble Handout]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Explore an application]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Venkatesh</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Learn_Gedit&amp;diff=6149</id>
		<title>Learn Gedit</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Learn_Gedit&amp;diff=6149"/>
		<updated>2017-03-15T09:37:41Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Venkatesh: /* Advanced features */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;noprint&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;float:right; border:1px solid blue;width:300px;background-color:#F5F5F5;padding:2px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{| cellspacing=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Book.jpg|none|80px|Book image]]&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;padding-left:2px;&amp;quot;| Go back to &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;[[ICT student textbook]] &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; [[ICT teacher handbook]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=Introduction=&lt;br /&gt;
Gedit is the default text editor of the GNOME desktop environment and part of the GNOME Core Applications. Its designed as a general-purpose text editor, Gedit emphasizes simplicity and ease of use, with a clean and simple GUI. &lt;br /&gt;
==Educational application and relevance==&lt;br /&gt;
Designed as a general-purpose text editor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Version==&lt;br /&gt;
Stable release 	3.22.3 (9 November 2016)&lt;br /&gt;
Preview release 	3.23.91 (1 March 2017)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Configuration==&lt;br /&gt;
It is free and open-source software subject to the requirements of the GNU General Public License version 2 or later. It is easy and very simple tool you don’t need to do any configuration to use it. This application is also available in Mac and Microsoft Windows OS.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Overview of Features==&lt;br /&gt;
#Gedit also has tabs for editing multiple files. Tabs can be moved between various windows by the user. &lt;br /&gt;
#It supports a full undo and redo system as well as search and replace.&lt;br /&gt;
#Gedit has an optional side pane displaying the list of open files.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Other similar applications==&lt;br /&gt;
Text Editor, Notepad, Komodo Editor&lt;br /&gt;
==Development and community help==&lt;br /&gt;
Paolo Borelli, Steve Frécinaux, Jesse van den Kieboom, James Willcox, Chema Celorio, Federico Mena Quintero,&lt;br /&gt;
[https://help.ubuntu.com/community/gedit Community help]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Working with the application=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Functionalities==&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:Gedit main page.png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:Gedit page.png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|To open Gedit text editor go to &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Application &amp;gt; Accessories &amp;gt; Text Editor&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;. &lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|The Gedit text editor main page will look like above image.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:Display the line margin.png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:Typing multiple languages.png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|You can also add line margining numbers to text document. In the right side bottom corner, click on drop down option and choose &amp;quot;Display line numbers&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Same like other text documents in UBUNTU, in text editor also you can type multiple languages in same page. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:Save Gedit.png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:Multiple tabs .png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|To save Gedit text document, click on SAVE or you can press Ctrl+S as same like other application. &lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|In Gedit windows, you can open multiple files in same tab.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==File formats for creation==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Saving the file==&lt;br /&gt;
Like in most applications, a file can be saved using the FILE – SAVE AS command, or by the short-cut key CTRL-S. Always give a meaningful file name, reading which you should get an idea of the file contents.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Export and publishing files==&lt;br /&gt;
We can export existed files into many program formats like C, C++, Java, HTML, XML, Python, Perl and many others under SAVE AS option.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Advanced features==&lt;br /&gt;
# Search and replace with support of regular expressions &lt;br /&gt;
# Go to specific line by using Line numbering&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Installation=&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Method of installation !! Steps&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| From Ubuntu software Centre || Search for Gedit&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| From Terminal || sudo apt-get install gedit&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| From the web ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Web based registration ||&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=The application on mobiles and tablets=&lt;br /&gt;
In Android phones you can download many text editors from play store.&lt;br /&gt;
*Text Editor&lt;br /&gt;
*Memo&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Ideas for resource creation=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=References=&lt;br /&gt;
[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Gedit Gedit Wikipedia]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Explore an application]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Venkatesh</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Explore_an_application&amp;diff=6148</id>
		<title>Explore an application</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Explore_an_application&amp;diff=6148"/>
		<updated>2017-03-15T09:05:23Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Venkatesh: /* Strands of ICT learning */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Click on [[:Category:Explore an application|Explore an application]] to get a list of all applications you can explore.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some random things&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Strands of ICT learning===&lt;br /&gt;
This page is intended to be a navigator for technology learning.  Technology learning can be broadly classified into four strands:&lt;br /&gt;
#Basic digital literacy&lt;br /&gt;
#ICT for connecting and learning&lt;br /&gt;
#ICT for resource creation - these can be further divided into the following:&lt;br /&gt;
##ICT for generic resource creation&lt;br /&gt;
##ICT for subject specific resource creation&lt;br /&gt;
##ICT for resource publishing&lt;br /&gt;
#ICT for teaching learning&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each of the nodes  in the mind map below will link to a strand of technology learning.  &amp;quot;Click to Learn&amp;quot; on a particular node (on the red arrow) to navigate to that application.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Introduction_to_technology_learning_with_page_link English1.mm|center|flash]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Instructions for preparing the &amp;#039;explore an application&amp;#039; page for a particular application===&lt;br /&gt;
#Please follow template for handout&lt;br /&gt;
#Keep screen shot sizes standard for your tool, as much as possible so that it looks neat in a table.  It should also be visible.&lt;br /&gt;
#Label the screen shot as follows:  Freeplane_image1_inserting_child_node.png (Toolname_imagenumber_whatoperation) - Do not use spaces but use underscore.&lt;br /&gt;
#Complete the handout in ODT as per our template&lt;br /&gt;
#Follow instructions on how to upload on Wiki media commons and for your tool upload the images&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Explore an application]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Venkatesh</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=File:Introduction_to_technology_learning_with_page_link_English1.mm&amp;diff=6147</id>
		<title>File:Introduction to technology learning with page link English1.mm</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=File:Introduction_to_technology_learning_with_page_link_English1.mm&amp;diff=6147"/>
		<updated>2017-03-15T09:05:19Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Venkatesh: File uploaded with MsUpload&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;File uploaded with MsUpload&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Venkatesh</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Explore_an_application&amp;diff=6146</id>
		<title>Explore an application</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Explore_an_application&amp;diff=6146"/>
		<updated>2017-03-15T09:01:39Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Venkatesh: /* Strands of ICT learning */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Click on [[:Category:Explore an application|Explore an application]] to get a list of all applications you can explore.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some random things&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Strands of ICT learning===&lt;br /&gt;
This page is intended to be a navigator for technology learning.  Technology learning can be broadly classified into four strands:&lt;br /&gt;
#Basic digital literacy&lt;br /&gt;
#ICT for connecting and learning&lt;br /&gt;
#ICT for resource creation - these can be further divided into the following:&lt;br /&gt;
##ICT for generic resource creation&lt;br /&gt;
##ICT for subject specific resource creation&lt;br /&gt;
##ICT for resource publishing&lt;br /&gt;
#ICT for teaching learning&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each of the nodes  in the mind map below will link to a strand of technology learning.  &amp;quot;Click to Learn&amp;quot; on a particular node (on the red arrow) to navigate to that application.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Introduction_to_technology_learning_with_page_link English.mm|center|flash]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Instructions for preparing the &amp;#039;explore an application&amp;#039; page for a particular application===&lt;br /&gt;
#Please follow template for handout&lt;br /&gt;
#Keep screen shot sizes standard for your tool, as much as possible so that it looks neat in a table.  It should also be visible.&lt;br /&gt;
#Label the screen shot as follows:  Freeplane_image1_inserting_child_node.png (Toolname_imagenumber_whatoperation) - Do not use spaces but use underscore.&lt;br /&gt;
#Complete the handout in ODT as per our template&lt;br /&gt;
#Follow instructions on how to upload on Wiki media commons and for your tool upload the images&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Explore an application]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Venkatesh</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Explore_an_application&amp;diff=6145</id>
		<title>Explore an application</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Explore_an_application&amp;diff=6145"/>
		<updated>2017-03-15T08:59:25Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Venkatesh: /* Strands of ICT learning */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Click on [[:Category:Explore an application|Explore an application]] to get a list of all applications you can explore.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some random things&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Strands of ICT learning===&lt;br /&gt;
This page is intended to be a navigator for technology learning.  Technology learning can be broadly classified into four strands:&lt;br /&gt;
#Basic digital literacy&lt;br /&gt;
#ICT for connecting and learning&lt;br /&gt;
#ICT for resource creation - these can be further divided into the following:&lt;br /&gt;
##ICT for generic resource creation&lt;br /&gt;
##ICT for subject specific resource creation&lt;br /&gt;
##ICT for resource publishing&lt;br /&gt;
#ICT for teaching learning&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each of the nodes  in the mind map below will link to a strand of technology learning.  &amp;quot;Click to Learn&amp;quot; on a particular node (on the red arrow) to navigate to that application.&lt;br /&gt;
[[:File:Introduction_to_technology_learning_with_page_link English.mm|center|flash]]]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Instructions for preparing the &amp;#039;explore an application&amp;#039; page for a particular application===&lt;br /&gt;
#Please follow template for handout&lt;br /&gt;
#Keep screen shot sizes standard for your tool, as much as possible so that it looks neat in a table.  It should also be visible.&lt;br /&gt;
#Label the screen shot as follows:  Freeplane_image1_inserting_child_node.png (Toolname_imagenumber_whatoperation) - Do not use spaces but use underscore.&lt;br /&gt;
#Complete the handout in ODT as per our template&lt;br /&gt;
#Follow instructions on how to upload on Wiki media commons and for your tool upload the images&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Explore an application]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Venkatesh</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Learn_Tux_Paint&amp;diff=6142</id>
		<title>Learn Tux Paint</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Learn_Tux_Paint&amp;diff=6142"/>
		<updated>2017-03-15T07:12:31Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Venkatesh: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Template:Book-sidebar}}&lt;br /&gt;
=Introduction=&lt;br /&gt;
==ICT Competency==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Educational application and relevance==&lt;br /&gt;
Tux Paint is a free and open source graphics editor computers with different operating systems. It features a simple interface and a fixed drawing area with access to previously made images using icons. Tux Paint is equipped with a lot of tools designed to excite young learners, from cartoon mascots who encourage them to use the software to cartoon sound effects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Version==&lt;br /&gt;
Tool Version-0.9.22&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Configuration==&lt;br /&gt;
Tux Paint is part of the Ubuntu distribution (in the training). &lt;br /&gt;
This can be opened from Applications  → Education → Tux Paint  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Overview of Features==&lt;br /&gt;
#Toolbox, containing the various basic tools and application controls (undo, save, new, print)&lt;br /&gt;
#Canvas, where the images are drawn and edited &lt;br /&gt;
#Color palette, where colors can be chosen (when applicable to the current tool)&lt;br /&gt;
#Selector, providing various selectable objects (e.g., brushes, fonts or sub-tools, depending on the current tool)&lt;br /&gt;
#Information area, where instructions, tips and encouragement are provided &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can view detailed features [http://www.tuxpaint.org/features here]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Other similar applications==&lt;br /&gt;
Similar applications include [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/GIMP GIMP], [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/MyPaint MyPaint], [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/KolourPaint Kolourpaint]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Development and community help==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Tux paint help document is [http://www.tuxpaint.org/help/ Here] &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2. Tux paint tutorials are [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=O6hKk-0dzKA&amp;amp;index=1&amp;amp;list=PL4895DA72B06A794C Here]. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Working with the application=&lt;br /&gt;
==Functionalities==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;&amp;quot; |[[File:Tux Paint 1 Main page.png|450px]] &lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;&amp;quot; |[[File:Tux Paint 2 Brush tool.png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;&amp;quot; | Step 1- When we open the Tux Paint we will get window like this. This window or main screen contains following sections:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;left side&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;:Tool bar contains drawing and editing controls.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Middle&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;:drawing canvas. The largest part of the screen, in the centre, is the drawing canvas. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Right Side&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;: Selector. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Depending on the current tool, the selector shows different things. e.g., when the Paint Brush tool is selected, it shows the various brushes available. When the Rubber Stamp tool is selected, it shows the different shapes you can use. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Lower&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;: Colours &lt;br /&gt;
A palette of available colours are shown near the bottom of the screen. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Bottom&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;: Help Area &lt;br /&gt;
At the very bottom of the screen, Tux, the Linux Penguin, provides tips and other information while you draw. &lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;&amp;quot; |Step 2- The Paint Brush tool lets you draw freehand, using various brushes (chosen in the Selector on the right) and colors (chosen in the Color palette towards the bottom).&lt;br /&gt;
As you draw, a sound is played. The bigger the brush, the lower the pitch. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;&amp;quot; |[[File:Tux Paint 3 Work done stamp on Tux Paint page.png|450px]] &lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;&amp;quot; |[[File:Tux Paint.png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;&amp;quot; |step 3- An example of filled and unfilled shapes.&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;&amp;quot; |step 4- &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Drag and drop functionality using a mouse&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; -To Draw shapes in Tux paint, Click on &amp;quot;Shapes&amp;quot; and then in right side, select any shapes which required. For ex: select rectangle shape. draw rectangle with drag (press left click and keep pressed) and drop (release left click), if you didn&amp;#039;t keep press mouse and release, it will take not place here and keep moving with changes. This required to complete shapes drawing. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;&amp;quot; |[[File:Tuxpaint animation.png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;&amp;quot; |[[File:tuxpaintanimation1.png|400px]][[File:Animation play.png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;&amp;quot; |step 5- Animation with Tux Paint- You can make simple animation using different slides. For Example : you can use Tux Paint to draw the life stages of a plant and you can start with a seed being blown from a mature plant. After a bit of modelling, you can create series of images showing the sun moving though the sky as a seedling grew, or rain watering a flower that keep increasing the number of petals. Each time you can make  slight changes to each drawings and finally you can save the new one as a new file.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;&amp;quot; |step 6- Play Animation- To play the animation sequence, you can click on &amp;quot;Slides&amp;quot;and numbers them. And then you should select the speed at which the images change.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==File formats for creation==&lt;br /&gt;
The files created are stored in the /home/.tuxpaint/saved folder, in the &amp;#039;png&amp;#039; format. To open the .tuxpaint folder, you may need to select the &amp;#039;view hidden&amp;#039; files in the /home folder on Ubuntu. The file name will begins with &amp;#039;year+month+date&amp;#039; in YYYYDDMM format, followed by a serial number.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Saving the file==&lt;br /&gt;
Steps For Saving File &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1. Go to File menu select Save option &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2. give the name for the file&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
3. It can be saved in *.ora , *.jpg , *.png and *.jpeg&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The files saved by Tux Paint are available in your home folder, under the sub folder /.tuxpaint/saved.  The &amp;quot;.&amp;quot; preceding the tuxpaint makes this folder &amp;#039;hidden&amp;#039;. To unhide and open this folder you can do CTRL H when you have opened your home folder. You can then see all hidden folders. You can copy these files to any other folder you want.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Export and publishing files==&lt;br /&gt;
Steps For export and publishing File &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1. Go to File menu select Export option &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2. give the name for the file&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
3. It can be saved in *.ora , *.jpg , *.png and *.jpeg&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Advanced features==&lt;br /&gt;
1.Multi-Platform &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2.Simple Interface &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
3.Entertaining Interface &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
4.Drawing Tools &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Installation=&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Method of installation !! Steps&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| From Ubuntu software Centre || search as “Tux Paint” in software centre → select and click on Install.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| From Terminal ||Open terminal by clicking (ctrl+Alt+T), Once window page is open, in front of dollar($) symbol just type below command.&lt;br /&gt;
sudo apt-get install tuxpaint&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| From the web || Follow the below link for Installing through web, but again it will take you through software center.&lt;br /&gt;
https://apps.ubuntu.com/cat/applications/precise/tuxpaint/&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Web based registration ||Not applicable&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=The application on mobiles and tablets=&lt;br /&gt;
currently there is no mobile app for Tux Paint&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Ideas for resource creation=&lt;br /&gt;
#It is easy to use Tux Paint to create simple drawings. These drawings can be a combination of what you can draw, combined with the &amp;#039;stamps&amp;#039; or images already available in the application. Thus image/graphics resources can be created with Tux Paint. These images can be inserted in documents to create picture essays.&lt;br /&gt;
#It is also possible to create simple animations in Tux Paint. You can create a series of drawings, with small modifications as required. You can sequence these drawings to show one after another. You can then &amp;#039;play&amp;#039; the slides for to create an animation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=References=&lt;br /&gt;
[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Tux_Paint Wikipedia]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Explore an application]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Venkatesh</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Learn_Ubuntu&amp;diff=6141</id>
		<title>Learn Ubuntu</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Learn_Ubuntu&amp;diff=6141"/>
		<updated>2017-03-15T06:01:54Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Venkatesh: /* The application on mobiles and tablets */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Template:Book-sidebar}}&lt;br /&gt;
=Introduction=&lt;br /&gt;
==ICT Competency==&lt;br /&gt;
Operating systems use a program called the Graphical User Interface (GUI, which is pronounced as goo-ee).  It allows you to access other computer programmes (applications) by using a mouse.  The popular operating systems are Microsoft Windows, GNU/Linux and Mac OSx. In this section, you will learn about the functions of an operating system, using an example of Ubuntu GNU/Linux operating system. With this learning, you can operate a computer with Windows of Mac operating systems&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Educational application and relevance==&lt;br /&gt;
Ubuntu is a ‘Free and Open Source Software’ (called FOSS in short). While software applications like Microsoft Windows or Adobe Photoshop are ‘proprietary’ , meaning they cannot be copied or shared or modified by us, FOSS applications are licensed under the ‘General Public License’ which allows all of us to share the software freely, we can also modify the software as per our needs.&lt;br /&gt;
Hence it is important to use FOSS in our schools. Teachers must learn and teach FOSS and avoid use of proprietary software, since it is not possible for all to access and use proprietary software.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; Since all the software like Office, web browser, educational software can be bundled with Ubuntu GNU/Linux operating system, so all applications can be installed on the computer at one time. On proprietary software Windows, each software has to be separately installed, which makes it cumbersome and complicated.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; There are a large number of freely shareable educational tools on GNU/Linux, pertaining to mathematics, science, social sciences etc which can be used in all schools.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; There are large number of additional tools on GNU/Linux freely shareable, such as IBUS which supports word processing in more than 50 languages, including all languages used in Karnataka such as Telugu, Assamese, Tamil, Urdu, Marathi, Hindi etc. or the ORCA screen reader necessary for the visually handicapped or Scribus for desktop publishing.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Version==&lt;br /&gt;
In once in a six months, Ubuntu is releasing new version of the ubuntu. The first Ubuntu release coincided with the release of Ubuntu 4.10 which was codenamed &amp;quot;Warty Warthog&amp;quot;. The recently released version of Ubuntu is 16.10 (as December 2016), but Ubuntu 16.04 is the latest [https://wiki.ubuntu.com/LTS LTS](&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;L&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;ong &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;T&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;erm &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;S&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;upport) version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Configuration==&lt;br /&gt;
Processor: 2 GHz dual core processor or better&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Memory: 1GB of RAM (2GB recommended)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Disk: 30GB of disk space depending on options&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Graphics: If you plan to use the netbook interface, you will require a graphics card that supports 3D acceleration on Ubuntu. Most netbooks are supported very well and shouldn&amp;#039;t be problematic.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Either a DVD drive or a USB port for the installer media. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If your computer is not matching any of the above hardware specifications, and you are is old computer, install Lubuntu OS. Lubuntu is Ubuntu based distribution and it is meant for low hardware configuration computers.Lubuntu is a fast and lightweight operating system. It has very low hardware requirements Download Lubuntu ISO 32bit from [http://cdimage.ubuntu.com/lubuntu/releases/16.10/release/lubuntu-16.10-desktop-i386.iso here] and 64bit [http://cdimage.ubuntu.com/lubuntu/releases/16.10/release/lubuntu-16.10-desktop-amd64.iso here].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Overview of Features==&lt;br /&gt;
Ubuntu is the Linux Terminal Server Project and many applications relevant to education including GCompris, KDE Edutainment Suite, Sabayon Profile Manager, Pessulus Lockdown Editor, Ubuntu Menueditor, LibreOffice, Gnome Nanny and iTalc. Ubuntu CDs were previously available free of charge through their Shipit service; since version 8.10 (2008) it is only available as a download in a DVD format.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Edubuntu&amp;#039;s default GUI is Unity while GNOME is still available.[1] Unity has been the default GUI since the release of 12.04. Since release 7.10, KDE is also available as Ubuntu KDE. In 2010 Ubuntu and the Qimo 4 Kids project were working on providing Qimo within Ubuntu,[2] but this was not done as it would not have fitted on a CD.&lt;br /&gt;
===System software and application software===&lt;br /&gt;
Operating system is also called system software as it works with the hardware. Every computer must have an operating system to run other computer programmes. Even your mobile phones will have an operating system. Operating systems start automatically when you turn on the computer, this process is termed booting. All the other computer programmes like programmes to paint, type, listen to music, learn maths etc., are called application software or &amp;#039;Apps&amp;#039; which work with the system software.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Other similar applications==&lt;br /&gt;
In reality, hundreds of Linux distros are in daily use; DistroWatch.com features a top 100 list of the current most-downloaded distros, where Mint, Debian, Ubuntu, openSUSE, and Fedora hold the top 5 spots. Now, if you&amp;#039;re new to Linux, Ubuntu is a very good place to start off.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Development and community help==&lt;br /&gt;
There are many community forums are helping Ubuntu users.&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://help.ubuntu.com/community/CommunityHelpWiki Communitywiki help]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://community.ubuntu.com/help-information/ ubuntu help]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Working with the application=&lt;br /&gt;
==Functionalities==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;&amp;quot; |[[File:Edubuntu 1 Education Menu has many educational Applications.png|450px]]  &lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;&amp;quot; |[[File:EdUbuntu 2 File Manager.png|450px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;&amp;quot; | Step 1-Logging in :&lt;br /&gt;
When you switch on your computer, you will see a login screen, login with the user id(name) and password created by the system administrator.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Ubuntu&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; allows you to have a user interface in your own language, by specifying your language as the user language, during your user id creation. The applications menu at the top left has a list of all the programmes (apps) on your computer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Places&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; menu, next to it, lets you access the hard disk, CD/DVD or pen drives. Digital cameras and MP3 players are also listed here when plugged-in.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Applications&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; menu has sub menus for Education, Office, Internet, Games etc. Each sub-menu has many applications. You can try to learn them yourselves by clicking and selecting options. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;“Self learning” is an important possibility with ICT. Try, Learn, Enjoy.&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; &lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;&amp;quot; |Step 2- Creating and managing files and folders&lt;br /&gt;
When you write an essay or paint something on a paper, you would like to keep it for future, right? You would probably put it in a hard bound folder. Maybe, if you have more than one essay or painting, you would have one folder to hold your essays and one folder to hold your paintings. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
To create new folder right click on your mouse and click on &amp;quot;New Folder&amp;quot;. Rename the folder and save your files in it. You can also create many sub folders  within that. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;&amp;quot; |[[File:Images opening with options.png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;&amp;quot; |[[File:Opening image with my paint.png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;&amp;quot; |Step 3-Any file can be opened with any given application in Ubuntu which support that particular file. For example, an image file can be opened with image viewer, gimp, etc.,. So if you want to open the with a application of your choice, right click on file select &amp;quot;Open with&amp;quot; to see the available options.&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;&amp;quot; |Step 4-File can be opened with multiple application in Ubuntu which support that particular file. For example, an image file can be opened with image viewer and also can be with Gimp, Mypaint, Kolorpaint, Shotwell viewer etc.  So if you want to open the with a application of your choice, right click on file select &amp;quot;Open with&amp;quot; to see the available multiple options.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;&amp;quot; |[[File:File_Search.png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;&amp;quot; |[[File:Typing_local_languages_1.png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;&amp;quot; |Step 5 -From &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;HOME&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; folder we can search any files and folders which we have saved in our computer, click on search option at tooldbar and type the keywords of the file or folder, it will show the all files contains our searching keywords. &lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;&amp;quot; |Step 6 -In Ubuntu OS, you can make typing in our local languages. For example: If you want to make text document in Kannada, just go to top panel and click on &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;quot;En&amp;quot;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;, here you will get different language options and you can select Kannada(kgp or itrans) language and start typing. If you want add more local languages here, click on &amp;quot;Text Entry Settings&amp;quot; and add languages which you would like to add. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;&amp;quot; |[[File:Copying files from Pen drive 1.png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;&amp;quot; |[[File:Copying files from Pen drive 2.png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;&amp;quot; |Step 7- You can Import images from other devices, either by inserting the device into your computer - CDs, DVDs, memory cards can be inserted. Or by connecting the device to your computer, pen drives, memory card holders, external DVD drives can be connected. You should click on &amp;quot;Places&amp;quot; from your desktop top panel. You can see your device name. Click on that to explore files in that device. Study how there are different kinds of connecting cables, for different devices / ports on your computer. Use the appropriate cable in each case.&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;&amp;quot; |Step 8- To import files from devices, right click on that file and click on &amp;quot;Copy&amp;quot;, then paste it into your computer folder.&lt;br /&gt;
You can copy audio and video files, that you have recorded on your mobile phone, to your computer. You can edit these files. In the same way, you can copy these and other files from your computer to your mobile phone.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;&amp;quot; |[[File:Ubuntu_software_center1.png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;&amp;quot; |[[File:Shut_down_option_1.png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;&amp;quot; |Step 9- Ubuntu software centre - to download applications from the Internet. teachers can explore new foss educational tools and utilities&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;&amp;quot; | Step 10-Logging in :&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Shutting down the computer&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; &lt;br /&gt;
What will you do after you have finished your work? You have to turn off the computer. You must turn it off by clicking on the last button on the right hand top corner and select shut down. Never turn off the power button without shutting the computer properly.&lt;br /&gt;
If you have doubts or difficulties in using the Ubuntu operating system or any of the applications, you can search for solutions on the Internet using a search engine. You can also find &amp;#039;frequently asked questions and answers&amp;#039; on http://karnatakaeducation.org.in/KOER/en/index.php/Frequently_Asked_Questions.. &lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==File formats for creation==&lt;br /&gt;
Not Applicable&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Saving the file==&lt;br /&gt;
Not Applicable&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Export and publishing files==&lt;br /&gt;
Not Applicable&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Advanced features==&lt;br /&gt;
Ubuntu contains a wide range of software that includes LibreOffice, Firefox, Thunderbird and several games and Educational tools. Many additional software packages are accessible from the built in Ubuntu Software Center as well as any other APT-based package management tool.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Installation=&lt;br /&gt;
To install UBUNTU into different version OS, please refer [http://karnatakaeducation.org.in/KOER/en/index.php/Kalpavriksha Kalpavriksha page] for detail steps.&lt;br /&gt;
{|class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Telugu&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
{{#widget:YouTube|id=AVM9aIWrb3A|height=300|width=400}} &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Telugu Video produced by Balaji Sir, UPS Kondapur, Telangana. &lt;br /&gt;
!&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Kannada&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
{{#widget:YouTube|id=Fs1WvGg0GGc |height=300|width=400}}&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
==Primary Steps to install UBUNTU==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;1.Using a DVD?&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;- &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
It’s easy to install Ubuntu from a DVD. Here’s what you need to do:&lt;br /&gt;
Put the Ubuntu DVD into the DVD-drive&lt;br /&gt;
Restart your computer. You should see a welcome screen prompting you to choose your language and giving you the option to install Ubuntu or try it from the DVD.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;2.Using a USB drive?&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Most newer computers can boot from USB. You should see a welcome screen prompting you to choose your language and giving you the option to install Ubuntu or try it from the USB.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If your computer doesn’t automatically do so, you might need to press the F12 key to bring up the boot menu, but be careful not to hold it down - that can cause an error message.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;3.Prepare to install Ubuntu&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;- We recommend you plug your computer into a power source &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
4.You should also make sure you have &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;enough space&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; on your computer to install Ubuntu.&lt;br /&gt;
We advise you to select Download updates while installing and Install this third-party software now&lt;br /&gt;
You should also stay connected to the internet so you can get the latest updates while you install Ubuntu&lt;br /&gt;
If you are not connected to the internet, you will be asked to select a wireless network, if available. We advise you to connect during the installation so we can ensure your machine is up to date&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
5.&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Allocate drive space&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;-&lt;br /&gt;
Use the check boxes to choose whether you’d like to Install Ubuntu alongside another operating system, delete your existing operating system and replace it with Ubuntu, or — if you’re an advanced user — choose the ’Something else’ option&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
6.&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Begin the installation&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
Depending on your previous selections, you can now verify that you have chosen the way in which you would like to install Ubuntu. The installation process will begin when you click the Install Now button.&lt;br /&gt;
Ubuntu needs about 4.5 GB to install, so add a few extra GB to allow for your files.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
7.&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Select your location&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;- &lt;br /&gt;
If you are connected to the internet, this should be done automatically. Check your location is correct and click ’Forward’ to proceed. If you’re unsure of your time zone, type the name of the town you’re in or click on the map and we’ll help you find it.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Select your preferred keyboard layout&lt;br /&gt;
Click on the language option you need. If you’re not sure, click the ’Detect Keyboard Layout’ button for help.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
8.Enter your &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;login and password&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; details &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
After this, Install process will get start and it may take 20-40 min to complete. once its done it will ask you to remove the device and restart that system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=The application on mobiles and tablets=&lt;br /&gt;
Ubuntu is available on select [https://ubuntu.com/mobile/devices Mobile phones] and [https://ubuntu.com/mobile tablets]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=References=&lt;br /&gt;
#[https://wiki.ubuntu.com/Releases Ubuntu releases]&lt;br /&gt;
#[https://wiki.ubuntu.com/LTS Ubunru LTS]&lt;br /&gt;
#[https://www.google.co.in/webhp?sourceid=chrome-instant&amp;amp;ion=1&amp;amp;espv=2&amp;amp;ie=UTF-8#q=ubuntu%20wikipedia wikipedia]&lt;br /&gt;
#[http://karnatakaeducation.org.in/KOER/en/index.php/Kalpavriksha Kalpavriksha]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Explore an application]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Venkatesh</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Learn_Ubuntu&amp;diff=6140</id>
		<title>Learn Ubuntu</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Learn_Ubuntu&amp;diff=6140"/>
		<updated>2017-03-15T05:53:43Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Venkatesh: /* Installation */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Template:Book-sidebar}}&lt;br /&gt;
=Introduction=&lt;br /&gt;
==ICT Competency==&lt;br /&gt;
Operating systems use a program called the Graphical User Interface (GUI, which is pronounced as goo-ee).  It allows you to access other computer programmes (applications) by using a mouse.  The popular operating systems are Microsoft Windows, GNU/Linux and Mac OSx. In this section, you will learn about the functions of an operating system, using an example of Ubuntu GNU/Linux operating system. With this learning, you can operate a computer with Windows of Mac operating systems&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Educational application and relevance==&lt;br /&gt;
Ubuntu is a ‘Free and Open Source Software’ (called FOSS in short). While software applications like Microsoft Windows or Adobe Photoshop are ‘proprietary’ , meaning they cannot be copied or shared or modified by us, FOSS applications are licensed under the ‘General Public License’ which allows all of us to share the software freely, we can also modify the software as per our needs.&lt;br /&gt;
Hence it is important to use FOSS in our schools. Teachers must learn and teach FOSS and avoid use of proprietary software, since it is not possible for all to access and use proprietary software.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; Since all the software like Office, web browser, educational software can be bundled with Ubuntu GNU/Linux operating system, so all applications can be installed on the computer at one time. On proprietary software Windows, each software has to be separately installed, which makes it cumbersome and complicated.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; There are a large number of freely shareable educational tools on GNU/Linux, pertaining to mathematics, science, social sciences etc which can be used in all schools.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; There are large number of additional tools on GNU/Linux freely shareable, such as IBUS which supports word processing in more than 50 languages, including all languages used in Karnataka such as Telugu, Assamese, Tamil, Urdu, Marathi, Hindi etc. or the ORCA screen reader necessary for the visually handicapped or Scribus for desktop publishing.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Version==&lt;br /&gt;
In once in a six months, Ubuntu is releasing new version of the ubuntu. The first Ubuntu release coincided with the release of Ubuntu 4.10 which was codenamed &amp;quot;Warty Warthog&amp;quot;. The recently released version of Ubuntu is 16.10 (as December 2016), but Ubuntu 16.04 is the latest [https://wiki.ubuntu.com/LTS LTS](&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;L&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;ong &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;T&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;erm &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;S&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;upport) version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Configuration==&lt;br /&gt;
Processor: 2 GHz dual core processor or better&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Memory: 1GB of RAM (2GB recommended)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Disk: 30GB of disk space depending on options&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Graphics: If you plan to use the netbook interface, you will require a graphics card that supports 3D acceleration on Ubuntu. Most netbooks are supported very well and shouldn&amp;#039;t be problematic.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Either a DVD drive or a USB port for the installer media. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If your computer is not matching any of the above hardware specifications, and you are is old computer, install Lubuntu OS. Lubuntu is Ubuntu based distribution and it is meant for low hardware configuration computers.Lubuntu is a fast and lightweight operating system. It has very low hardware requirements Download Lubuntu ISO 32bit from [http://cdimage.ubuntu.com/lubuntu/releases/16.10/release/lubuntu-16.10-desktop-i386.iso here] and 64bit [http://cdimage.ubuntu.com/lubuntu/releases/16.10/release/lubuntu-16.10-desktop-amd64.iso here].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Overview of Features==&lt;br /&gt;
Ubuntu is the Linux Terminal Server Project and many applications relevant to education including GCompris, KDE Edutainment Suite, Sabayon Profile Manager, Pessulus Lockdown Editor, Ubuntu Menueditor, LibreOffice, Gnome Nanny and iTalc. Ubuntu CDs were previously available free of charge through their Shipit service; since version 8.10 (2008) it is only available as a download in a DVD format.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Edubuntu&amp;#039;s default GUI is Unity while GNOME is still available.[1] Unity has been the default GUI since the release of 12.04. Since release 7.10, KDE is also available as Ubuntu KDE. In 2010 Ubuntu and the Qimo 4 Kids project were working on providing Qimo within Ubuntu,[2] but this was not done as it would not have fitted on a CD.&lt;br /&gt;
===System software and application software===&lt;br /&gt;
Operating system is also called system software as it works with the hardware. Every computer must have an operating system to run other computer programmes. Even your mobile phones will have an operating system. Operating systems start automatically when you turn on the computer, this process is termed booting. All the other computer programmes like programmes to paint, type, listen to music, learn maths etc., are called application software or &amp;#039;Apps&amp;#039; which work with the system software.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Other similar applications==&lt;br /&gt;
In reality, hundreds of Linux distros are in daily use; DistroWatch.com features a top 100 list of the current most-downloaded distros, where Mint, Debian, Ubuntu, openSUSE, and Fedora hold the top 5 spots. Now, if you&amp;#039;re new to Linux, Ubuntu is a very good place to start off.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Development and community help==&lt;br /&gt;
There are many community forums are helping Ubuntu users.&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://help.ubuntu.com/community/CommunityHelpWiki Communitywiki help]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://community.ubuntu.com/help-information/ ubuntu help]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Working with the application=&lt;br /&gt;
==Functionalities==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;&amp;quot; |[[File:Edubuntu 1 Education Menu has many educational Applications.png|450px]]  &lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;&amp;quot; |[[File:EdUbuntu 2 File Manager.png|450px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;&amp;quot; | Step 1-Logging in :&lt;br /&gt;
When you switch on your computer, you will see a login screen, login with the user id(name) and password created by the system administrator.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Ubuntu&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; allows you to have a user interface in your own language, by specifying your language as the user language, during your user id creation. The applications menu at the top left has a list of all the programmes (apps) on your computer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Places&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; menu, next to it, lets you access the hard disk, CD/DVD or pen drives. Digital cameras and MP3 players are also listed here when plugged-in.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Applications&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; menu has sub menus for Education, Office, Internet, Games etc. Each sub-menu has many applications. You can try to learn them yourselves by clicking and selecting options. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;“Self learning” is an important possibility with ICT. Try, Learn, Enjoy.&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; &lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;&amp;quot; |Step 2- Creating and managing files and folders&lt;br /&gt;
When you write an essay or paint something on a paper, you would like to keep it for future, right? You would probably put it in a hard bound folder. Maybe, if you have more than one essay or painting, you would have one folder to hold your essays and one folder to hold your paintings. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
To create new folder right click on your mouse and click on &amp;quot;New Folder&amp;quot;. Rename the folder and save your files in it. You can also create many sub folders  within that. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;&amp;quot; |[[File:Images opening with options.png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;&amp;quot; |[[File:Opening image with my paint.png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;&amp;quot; |Step 3-Any file can be opened with any given application in Ubuntu which support that particular file. For example, an image file can be opened with image viewer, gimp, etc.,. So if you want to open the with a application of your choice, right click on file select &amp;quot;Open with&amp;quot; to see the available options.&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;&amp;quot; |Step 4-File can be opened with multiple application in Ubuntu which support that particular file. For example, an image file can be opened with image viewer and also can be with Gimp, Mypaint, Kolorpaint, Shotwell viewer etc.  So if you want to open the with a application of your choice, right click on file select &amp;quot;Open with&amp;quot; to see the available multiple options.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;&amp;quot; |[[File:File_Search.png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;&amp;quot; |[[File:Typing_local_languages_1.png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;&amp;quot; |Step 5 -From &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;HOME&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; folder we can search any files and folders which we have saved in our computer, click on search option at tooldbar and type the keywords of the file or folder, it will show the all files contains our searching keywords. &lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;&amp;quot; |Step 6 -In Ubuntu OS, you can make typing in our local languages. For example: If you want to make text document in Kannada, just go to top panel and click on &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;quot;En&amp;quot;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;, here you will get different language options and you can select Kannada(kgp or itrans) language and start typing. If you want add more local languages here, click on &amp;quot;Text Entry Settings&amp;quot; and add languages which you would like to add. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;&amp;quot; |[[File:Copying files from Pen drive 1.png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;&amp;quot; |[[File:Copying files from Pen drive 2.png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;&amp;quot; |Step 7- You can Import images from other devices, either by inserting the device into your computer - CDs, DVDs, memory cards can be inserted. Or by connecting the device to your computer, pen drives, memory card holders, external DVD drives can be connected. You should click on &amp;quot;Places&amp;quot; from your desktop top panel. You can see your device name. Click on that to explore files in that device. Study how there are different kinds of connecting cables, for different devices / ports on your computer. Use the appropriate cable in each case.&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;&amp;quot; |Step 8- To import files from devices, right click on that file and click on &amp;quot;Copy&amp;quot;, then paste it into your computer folder.&lt;br /&gt;
You can copy audio and video files, that you have recorded on your mobile phone, to your computer. You can edit these files. In the same way, you can copy these and other files from your computer to your mobile phone.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;&amp;quot; |[[File:Ubuntu_software_center1.png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;&amp;quot; |[[File:Shut_down_option_1.png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;&amp;quot; |Step 9- Ubuntu software centre - to download applications from the Internet. teachers can explore new foss educational tools and utilities&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;&amp;quot; | Step 10-Logging in :&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Shutting down the computer&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; &lt;br /&gt;
What will you do after you have finished your work? You have to turn off the computer. You must turn it off by clicking on the last button on the right hand top corner and select shut down. Never turn off the power button without shutting the computer properly.&lt;br /&gt;
If you have doubts or difficulties in using the Ubuntu operating system or any of the applications, you can search for solutions on the Internet using a search engine. You can also find &amp;#039;frequently asked questions and answers&amp;#039; on http://karnatakaeducation.org.in/KOER/en/index.php/Frequently_Asked_Questions.. &lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==File formats for creation==&lt;br /&gt;
Not Applicable&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Saving the file==&lt;br /&gt;
Not Applicable&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Export and publishing files==&lt;br /&gt;
Not Applicable&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Advanced features==&lt;br /&gt;
Ubuntu contains a wide range of software that includes LibreOffice, Firefox, Thunderbird and several games and Educational tools. Many additional software packages are accessible from the built in Ubuntu Software Center as well as any other APT-based package management tool.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Installation=&lt;br /&gt;
To install UBUNTU into different version OS, please refer [http://karnatakaeducation.org.in/KOER/en/index.php/Kalpavriksha Kalpavriksha page] for detail steps.&lt;br /&gt;
{|class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Telugu&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
{{#widget:YouTube|id=AVM9aIWrb3A|height=300|width=400}} &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Telugu Video produced by Balaji Sir, UPS Kondapur, Telangana. &lt;br /&gt;
!&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Kannada&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
{{#widget:YouTube|id=Fs1WvGg0GGc |height=300|width=400}}&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
==Primary Steps to install UBUNTU==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;1.Using a DVD?&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;- &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
It’s easy to install Ubuntu from a DVD. Here’s what you need to do:&lt;br /&gt;
Put the Ubuntu DVD into the DVD-drive&lt;br /&gt;
Restart your computer. You should see a welcome screen prompting you to choose your language and giving you the option to install Ubuntu or try it from the DVD.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;2.Using a USB drive?&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Most newer computers can boot from USB. You should see a welcome screen prompting you to choose your language and giving you the option to install Ubuntu or try it from the USB.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If your computer doesn’t automatically do so, you might need to press the F12 key to bring up the boot menu, but be careful not to hold it down - that can cause an error message.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;3.Prepare to install Ubuntu&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;- We recommend you plug your computer into a power source &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
4.You should also make sure you have &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;enough space&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; on your computer to install Ubuntu.&lt;br /&gt;
We advise you to select Download updates while installing and Install this third-party software now&lt;br /&gt;
You should also stay connected to the internet so you can get the latest updates while you install Ubuntu&lt;br /&gt;
If you are not connected to the internet, you will be asked to select a wireless network, if available. We advise you to connect during the installation so we can ensure your machine is up to date&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
5.&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Allocate drive space&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;-&lt;br /&gt;
Use the check boxes to choose whether you’d like to Install Ubuntu alongside another operating system, delete your existing operating system and replace it with Ubuntu, or — if you’re an advanced user — choose the ’Something else’ option&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
6.&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Begin the installation&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
Depending on your previous selections, you can now verify that you have chosen the way in which you would like to install Ubuntu. The installation process will begin when you click the Install Now button.&lt;br /&gt;
Ubuntu needs about 4.5 GB to install, so add a few extra GB to allow for your files.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
7.&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Select your location&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;- &lt;br /&gt;
If you are connected to the internet, this should be done automatically. Check your location is correct and click ’Forward’ to proceed. If you’re unsure of your time zone, type the name of the town you’re in or click on the map and we’ll help you find it.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Select your preferred keyboard layout&lt;br /&gt;
Click on the language option you need. If you’re not sure, click the ’Detect Keyboard Layout’ button for help.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
8.Enter your &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;login and password&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; details &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
After this, Install process will get start and it may take 20-40 min to complete. once its done it will ask you to remove the device and restart that system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=The application on mobiles and tablets=&lt;br /&gt;
Not Available&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=References=&lt;br /&gt;
#[https://wiki.ubuntu.com/Releases Ubuntu releases]&lt;br /&gt;
#[https://wiki.ubuntu.com/LTS Ubunru LTS]&lt;br /&gt;
#[https://www.google.co.in/webhp?sourceid=chrome-instant&amp;amp;ion=1&amp;amp;espv=2&amp;amp;ie=UTF-8#q=ubuntu%20wikipedia wikipedia]&lt;br /&gt;
#[http://karnatakaeducation.org.in/KOER/en/index.php/Kalpavriksha Kalpavriksha]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Explore an application]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Venkatesh</name></author>
	</entry>
</feed>